WO2006045096A2 - Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases - Google Patents

Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006045096A2
WO2006045096A2 PCT/US2005/038048 US2005038048W WO2006045096A2 WO 2006045096 A2 WO2006045096 A2 WO 2006045096A2 US 2005038048 W US2005038048 W US 2005038048W WO 2006045096 A2 WO2006045096 A2 WO 2006045096A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phenyl
hydroxy
oxo
chromen
pyrano
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/038048
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006045096A3 (en
Inventor
Norman C. W. Wong
Joseph E. L. Tucker
Henrik C. Hansen
Fabrizio S. Chiacchia
David Mccaffrey
Original Assignee
Resverlogix Corp.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Resverlogix Corp. filed Critical Resverlogix Corp.
Priority to CA2584507A priority Critical patent/CA2584507C/en
Priority to EP05812325A priority patent/EP1838296B1/en
Publication of WO2006045096A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006045096A2/en
Publication of WO2006045096A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006045096A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/05—Phenols
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/05—Phenols
    • A61K31/055—Phenols the aromatic ring being substituted by halogen
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/166—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the carbon of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. procainamide, procarbazine, metoclopramide, labetalol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/18—Sulfonamides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/216—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/265—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carbonic, thiocarbonic, or thiocarboxylic acids, e.g. thioacetic acid, xanthogenic acid, trithiocarbonic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/352—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline 
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/352—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline 
    • A61K31/353—3,4-Dihydrobenzopyrans, e.g. chroman, catechin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/357—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having two or more oxygen atoms in the same ring, e.g. crown ethers, guanadrel
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/38—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/382—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur as a ring hetero atom having six-membered rings, e.g. thioxanthenes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4375—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. quinolizines, naphthyridines, berberine, vincamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4412—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4418—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having a carbocyclic group directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cyproheptadine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4433—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with oxygen as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/465—Nicotine; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/536—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C205/00—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C205/13—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by hydroxy groups
    • C07C205/20—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by hydroxy groups having nitro groups and hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C205/21—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by hydroxy groups having nitro groups and hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having nitro groups and hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C205/22—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by hydroxy groups having nitro groups and hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having nitro groups and hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having one nitro groups bound to the ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/22—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C311/29—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/16—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/22—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C327/00—Thiocarboxylic acids
    • C07C327/20—Esters of monothiocarboxylic acids
    • C07C327/28—Esters of monothiocarboxylic acids having sulfur atoms of esterified thiocarboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C37/00—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C37/001—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by modification in a side chain
    • C07C37/003—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by modification in a side chain by hydrogenation of an unsaturated part
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C37/00—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C37/01—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by replacing functional groups bound to a six-membered aromatic ring by hydroxy groups, e.g. by hydrolysis
    • C07C37/055—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by replacing functional groups bound to a six-membered aromatic ring by hydroxy groups, e.g. by hydrolysis the substituted group being bound to oxygen, e.g. ether group
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C37/00—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C37/11—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by reactions increasing the number of carbon atoms
    • C07C37/18—Preparation of compounds having hydroxy or O-metal groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring by reactions increasing the number of carbon atoms by condensation involving halogen atoms of halogenated compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/12—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • C07C39/14—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings with at least one hydroxy group on a condensed ring system containing two rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/12—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • C07C39/15—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic with no unsaturation outside the aromatic rings with all hydroxy groups on non-condensed rings, e.g. phenylphenol
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C39/00—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C39/205—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic, containing only six-membered aromatic rings as cyclic parts with unsaturation outside the rings
    • C07C39/21—Compounds having at least one hydroxy or O-metal group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring polycyclic, containing only six-membered aromatic rings as cyclic parts with unsaturation outside the rings with at least one hydroxy group on a non-condensed ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02—Ethers
    • C07C43/20—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C43/23—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C46/00—Preparation of quinones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C49/00—Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
    • C07C49/76—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C49/82—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy groups
    • C07C49/83—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy groups polycyclic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C49/00—Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
    • C07C49/76—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C49/82—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy groups
    • C07C49/835—Ketones containing a keto group bound to a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy groups having unsaturation outside an aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C50/00—Quinones
    • C07C50/26—Quinones containing groups having oxygen atoms singly bound to carbon atoms
    • C07C50/32—Quinones containing groups having oxygen atoms singly bound to carbon atoms the quinoid structure being part of a condensed ring system having two rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65—One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79—Acids; Esters
    • C07D213/80—Acids; Esters in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C07D215/233—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4 only one oxygen atom which is attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • C07D217/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring other than aralkyl radicals
    • C07D217/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring other than aralkyl radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
    • C07D217/24—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/04—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines
    • C07D265/12—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D265/14—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D265/20—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D265/22—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/22—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D311/26—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3
    • C07D311/28—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 only
    • C07D311/30—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 only not hydrogenated in the hetero ring, e.g. flavones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/22—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D311/26—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3
    • C07D311/28—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 only
    • C07D311/32—2,3-Dihydro derivatives, e.g. flavanones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/22—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D311/26—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3
    • C07D311/34—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3 with aromatic rings attached in position 3 only
    • C07D311/36—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4 with aromatic rings attached in position 2 or 3 with aromatic rings attached in position 3 only not hydrogenated in the hetero ring, e.g. isoflavones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/58—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4
    • C07D311/60—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4 with aryl radicals attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
    • C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D319/20—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with substituents attached to the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/06—Benzothiopyrans; Hydrogenated benzothiopyrans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C07D491/052—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring the oxygen-containing ring being six-membered

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to polyphenol compounds, which are useful for regulating the expression of apolipoprotein A-I (ApoA-l), and their use for treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease and related disease states, including cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, e.g., atherosclerosis.
  • ApoA-l apolipoprotein A-I
  • cardiovascular disease and related disease states including cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, e.g., atherosclerosis.
  • HDL appears to exert its antiatherogenic effect by mediating reverse cholesterol transport (RCT), in which cholesterol is recruited from peripheral tissues and transported to the liver.
  • RCT reverse cholesterol transport
  • HDL also exerts anti ⁇ inflammatory, andtioxidant effects and promotes fibrinolysis.
  • HDL paticles protect against oxidation of LDL, an important initial step in promoting cholseteol uptake by arterial macrophages.
  • HDL exists in two main forms, one containing both apolipoprotein A-I (ApoA-l) and apolipoprotein A-Il (ApoA-ll), and the other containing ApoA-l without ApoA-ll. Schultz et al., Nature 365(6448):762-4 (1993).
  • the cardioprotective effect of HDL is mostly, but not exclusively, attributable to ApoA-l.
  • ApoA-lMiiano prevents atherosclerotic lesions and leads to regression of atherosclerotic plaques in human patients (Nissen et al., JAMA 290(17):2292-300 (2003)).
  • Further lines of research supporting an antiatherogenic role of ApoA-l include enhancement of reverse cholesterol transport, attenuation of oxidative stress, increased peroxonase activity, enhanced anticoagulant activity, and anti-inflammatory activity. Accordingly, ApoA-l is an attractive target for therapeutic intervention.
  • polyphenols are common constituents of the human diet, present in most food and beverages of plant origin, and are the most abundant dietary antioxidants.
  • polyphenols protective properties are often minimized due to poor bioavailability, lack of clinical significance, and deleterious effects at high concentrations.
  • the most abundant and available source of resveratrol for consumers, red wine cannot be consumed in therapeutically efficacious quantities on a daily basis due to the numerous well documented deleterious effects of excessive alcohol consumption.
  • the actions of resveratrol may be better or safer in the absence of alcohol.
  • Such metabolites often differ from the parent compound in terms of toxicity, efficacy, and length of residence in the plasma.
  • Another limiting factor may be polyphenols' poor solubility in water which limits the routes of administration.
  • the methods of invention include administering to a mammal (e.g., a human) in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a flavanoid compound of Formula I:
  • X is selected from CRn, CR 11 R 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 1 - I , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CRt 2 , CR 12 R 14 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 12 , wherein R 12 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R10, Rn, R12, R13, R ⁇ and R 17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from R-i, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , Rg, R 1 O, R 11 , R 12 ,
  • Methods of invention also include administering to a mammal (e.g., a human) in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isoflavanoid compound of Formula IV:
  • X is selected from CRn, CRnR 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NRn, wherein Rn may be the same or different than Ri 3 ;
  • Y is selected from CRi 2 , CRi 2 Ri 4 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NRi 2 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • R-Ii R2> R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4, Ri7 and Ris are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, Rs, Re, R7.
  • each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
  • Z- I , Z2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z 2 is a double bond, then at least one of R 5 , R 6 , R 8 and R 9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
  • the methods and compositions of the invention are useful for treatment of diseases characterized by reduced ApoA-l and/or HDL.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention can be used to increase expression of ApoA-l.
  • Increasing expression of ApoA-l refers to transcriptionally modulating the expression of the ApoA-l gene thereby affecting the level of the ApoA-l protein expressed, i.e., synthesized and secreted, by the cell.
  • An increase in ApoA-l protein expression leads to an increase in blood levels of HDL.
  • the methods and compounds of the invention may further be used to reduce plasma cholesterol levels.
  • the methods and compositions of the invention can be used for treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease and related disease states, particularly, cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, atherosclerosis, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, hypertension, coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and the like.
  • the invention provides a method for prevention of arteriosclerosis lesion development in a mammal, including the development of new arteriosclerotic lesions.
  • the present invention provides a method regressing arteriosclerosis lesions.
  • the methods and compounds of the invention may further be used to lower blood levels of LDL and triglycerides and/or to increase free radical scavenging.
  • these methods and compositions may also be used to inhibit HMG-CoA reductase, inhibit ACAT, and/or increase ABCA-I activity.
  • the invention provides methods and compositions for effecting an increase of HDL in a mammal comprising, wherein the compound is a flavonoid or a isoflavonoid, each derivatized with covalently bonded niacin.
  • the covalent bond comprises a reverse ester linkage.
  • FIGURE 1 shows results from an ELISA analysis to measure
  • FIGURE 2 shows permeability of Caco-2 cells to 4'-hydroxyflavone
  • FIGURE 3(A) shows the effect of 4'-hydroxyflavone, and 4-(4- oxo4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyi nicotinate on ApoA-l levels in hApoA-l transgenic mice (expressed as net percent change in ApoA-l).
  • FIGURE 3(B) shows the change in HDL-C, large HDL (HDL2), small HDL (HDL3) and total cholesterol (TC) levels in hApoA-l transgenic mice following administration of 4'-hydroxyflavone.
  • FIGURE 3(C) graphically depicts the change in liver weight in hApoA-l transgenic mice following administration of 4'-hydroxyflavone,4-(4-oxo4H-chromen-2- yl)phenyl nicotinate, and fenofibrate.
  • aldehyde or "formyl” as used herein refers to the radical -CHO.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-22, 2-8, or 2-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2- C 8 )alkenyl, and (C 2- C 6 )alkenyl, respectively.
  • alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl, 4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl, etc.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl group attached to an oxygen (-O-alkyl-).
  • Alkoxy also include an alkenyl group attached to an oxygen (“alkenoxy”) or an alkynyl group attached to an oxygen (“alkynoxy”) groups.
  • alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, groups with an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group of 1-22, 1-8, or 1-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (Ci_C 22 )alkoxy, (C-i-C ⁇ alkoxy, and (Ci.C 6 )alkoxy, respectively.
  • Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, etc. _
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon, such as a straight or branched group of 1-22, 1-8, or 1-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (Ci-C 8 )alkyl, and (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1 -propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1 -butyl, 3-methyl- 1 -butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1 -propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1- pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1 -butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-i -butyl, 2-ethyl-1 -butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc.
  • alkynyl refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-22, 2-8, or 2-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (C 2 -C 22 )alkynyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkynyl, and (C 2- C 6 )alkynyl, respectively.
  • alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1 -butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl, and 4-butyl-2- hexynyl, etc.
  • Rb and R c are each
  • amide independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • the amide can be attached to another group through the carbon, the nitrogen, Rb,
  • the amide also may be cyclic, for example Rb and R c , R a and Rb, or R a and R c may be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring, such as a 3- to 10-
  • amide encompasses groups such as sulfonamide, urea, carbamate, carbamic acid, and cyclic versions thereof.
  • amide also encompasses an amide group attached to a carboxy group, e.g., -amide-COOH or salts such as -amide-COONa, etc, an amino group attached to a carboxy group, e.g., -amino-COOH or salts such as - amino-COONa, etc.
  • amine or “amino” as used herein refers to a radical of the form -NRdR ⁇ , -N(R 0 J)Re., or -R 6 N(Rd)Rf. where R 0 J 1 R e , and Rf are
  • the amino can be attached to the parent molecular group through the nitrogen, R ( j, Re or Rf.
  • the amino also may be cyclic, for example any two of R a , Rb, and
  • R c may be joined together or with the N to form a 3- to 12-membered ring, e.g.,
  • quaternary ammonium salt of any amino group e.g., -[N(Rd)(R 6 )(Rf)] "1" .
  • amino groups include aminoalkyl groups, wherein at least one of R ⁇ ,
  • R 6 , or Rf is an alkyl group.
  • aryl refers to a mono-, bi-, or other multi- carbocyclic, aromatic ring system.
  • the aryl group can optionally be fused to one or more rings selected from aryls, cycloalkyls, and heterocyclyls.
  • aryl groups of this invention can be substituted with groups selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • Exemplary aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • Exemplary aryl groups also include, but are not limited to a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C 6 )aryl.”
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl group having at least one alkyl substituent, e.g. -aryl-alkyk
  • arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, arylalkyls having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C 6 )arylalkyl.”
  • aryloxy refers to an aryl group attached to an oxygen atom.
  • exemplary aryloxy groups include, but are not limited to, aryloxys having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C 6 )aryloxy.”
  • arylthio refers to an aryl group attached to an sulfur atom.
  • exemplary arylthio groups include, but are not limited to, arylthios having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C 6 )arylthio.”
  • arylsulfonyl refers to an aryl group attached to a sulfonyl group, e.g., -S(O)2-aryl-.
  • exemplary arylsulfonyl groups e.g., -S(O)2-aryl-.
  • arylsulfonyls having a monocyclic aromatic ring system wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as
  • tricyclic aryl refers to an aryl group fused to another aromatic or non-aromatic carbocylic or heterocyclic ring.
  • exemplary bicyclic aryl groups include, but are not limited to, naphthyl or partly reduced forms thereof, such as di-, tetra-, or hexahydronaphthyl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group fused to another aromatic or non-aromatic carbocylic or heterocyclic ring.
  • exemplary bicyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, 5,6 or 6,6-fused systems wherein one or both rings contain heteroatoms.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl also encompasses reduced or partly reduced forms of fused aromatic system wherein one or both rings contain ring heteroatoms.
  • the ring system may contain up to three heteroatoms, independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
  • the bicyclic system may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • groups selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycly
  • Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryl's include, but are not limited to, quinazolinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzopyridinyl, and benzofuranyl.
  • carbamates include, but are not limited to, arylcarbamates or heteroaryl carbamates, e.g. wherein at least one, of Rg 1 R )1 and R j are
  • aryl or heteroaryl such as pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine.
  • carbonyl refers to the radical -C(O)-.
  • carboxy refers to the radical -COOH or its corresponding salts, e.g. -COONa, etc.
  • carboxy also includes "carboxycarbonyl,” e.g. a carboxy group attached to a carbonyl group, e.g., -C(O)- COOH or salts such as -C(O)-COONa, etc..
  • cyano refers to the radical -CN.
  • cycloalkoxy refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to an oxygen.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monovalent saturated or unsaturated cyclic, bicyclic, or bridged bicyclic hydrocarbon group of 3-12 carbons, or 3-8 carbons, referred to herein as "(C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl,” derived from a cycloalkane.
  • exemplary cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclohexanes, cyclohexenes, cyclopentanes, and cyclopentenes.
  • Cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Cycloalkyl groups can be fused to other cycloalkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl groups.
  • dicarboxylic acid refers to a group containing at least two carboxylic acid groups such as saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acids and salts thereof.
  • Exemplary dicarboxylic acids include alkyl dicarboxylic acids.
  • Dicarboxylic acids may be substituted with alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryi, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • Dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, malonic acid, fumaric acid, (+)/(-)-malic acid, (+)/(-) tartaric acid, isophthalic acid, and terephthalic acid.
  • Dicarboxylic acids further include carboxylic acid derivatives thereof, such as anhydrides, imides, hydrazides, etc., for example, succinic anhydride, succinimide, etc.
  • esters refers to a radical having the structure -C(O)O-, -C(O)O-Rj., -RkC(O)O-Rj., or -RkC(O)O-, where O is not bound to hydrogen, and
  • Rj and R ⁇ can independently be selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl,
  • Rk can be a hydrogen, but Rj cannot be hydrogen.
  • the carbon atom and Rj may be cyclic, for example the carbon atom and Rj, the oxygen atom and Rk, or
  • Rj and R ⁇ may be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring.
  • esters include, but are not limited to, alkyl esters wherein at least one of Rj or Rk is alkyl, such as -alkyl-C(O)-O-, -C(O)-O-alkyl-, -alkyl-C(O)-O-alkyl- etc.
  • Exemplary esters also include aryl or heteoraryl esters, e.g. wherein at least one of Rj or Rk is a heteroaryi group such as pyridine, pyridazine, pyrmidine and pyrazine, such as a nicotinate ester.
  • Exemplary esters also include reverse esters having the structure -RkC(O)O-, where the oxygen is bound to the parent molecular group.
  • Exemplary reverse esters include succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • Esters also include carboxylic acid anhydrides and acid halides.
  • Tne term "ether” refers to a radical having the structure -R
  • and R m can independently be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocyclyl or ether.
  • the ether can be attached to the parent molecular group through R
  • Exemplary ethers include, but are not limited to, alkoxyalkyl
  • Ethers also includes polyethers, e.g., where one or both of R
  • halo or halogen or “Hal” as used herein refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms. "Haloalkyls” also encompass alkenyl or alkynyl groups substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • heteroaryl refers to a mono-, bi-, or multi- cyclic, aromatic ring system containing one or more heteroatoms, for example 1 to 3 heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Heteroaryls can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Heteroaryls can also be fused to non-aromatic rings.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, (1 ,2,3,)- and (1 ,2,4)-triazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidilyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, phenyl, isoxazolyl, and oxazolyl.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, a monocyclic aromatic ring, wherein the ring comprises 2 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, referred to herein as "(C 2 -C 5 )heteroaryl.”
  • heterocycle refers to a saturated or unsaturated 3-, A-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring containing one, two, or three heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Heterocycles can be aromatic (heteroaryls) or non-aromatic.
  • Heterocycles can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycly
  • Heterocycles also include bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one or two rings independently selected from aryls, cycloalkyls, and heterocycles.
  • heterocycles include acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, biotinyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dithiazolyl, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrida
  • hydroxy and "hydroxyl” as used herein refers to the radical -OH.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to a hydroxy radical attached to an alkyl group.
  • hydroxyaryl refers to a hydroxy radical attached to an aryl group.
  • ketone refers to a radical having the structure -C(O)-Rn (such as acetyl, -C(O)CH 3 ) or -R n X(O)-R 0 ..
  • the ketone can be any radical having the structure -C(O)-Rn (such as acetyl, -C(O)CH 3 ) or -R n X(O)-R 0 ..
  • the ketone can
  • R n or R 0 can be alkyl, alkenyl,
  • alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl, or R n or R 0 can be joined to form a 3- to
  • monoester refers to an analogue of a dicarboxylic acid wherein one of the carboxylic acids is functionalized as an ester and the other carboxylic acid is a free carboxylic acid or salt of a carboxylic acid.
  • monoesters include, but are not limited to, to monoesters of succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, oxalic and maleic acid.
  • nitro refers to the radical -NO2.
  • perfluoroalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • perfluoroalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms. .
  • Exemplary perfluroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, Ci -5 perfluoroalkyl,
  • perfluorocycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • phenyl refers to a 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring.
  • the phenyl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring.
  • Phenyl can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • phosphate refers to a radical having the structure -OP(O)O 2 -, -R x OP(O)O 2 -, -OP(O)O 2 Ry, or -R x OP(O)O 2 Ry, wherein R x and Ry can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amide, amino, aryl, aryloxy, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halogen, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, sulfonate, sulfonyl, and thio.
  • sulfide refers to the radical having the structure R Z S-, where R z can be alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide,
  • alkylsulfide refers to an alkyl group attached to a sulfur atom.
  • sujfinyl refers to a radical having the structure -S(O)O-, -RpS(O)O-, -R p S(O)OR q -, or -S(O)ORq-, wherein R p and R s can be alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
  • Exemplary sulfinyl groups include, but are not limited to, alkylsulfinyls wherein at least one of R p or R q is alky
  • sulfonamides include alkylsulfonamides (e.g., where R s is alkyl),
  • arylsulfonamides e.g., where R s is aryl
  • cycloalkyl sulfonamides e.g., where R s
  • heterocyclyl sulfonamides e.g., where R 8 is heterocyclyl
  • sulfonate refers to the radical -OSO3 " .
  • Sulfonate includes salts such as -OSO 0 Na, -OSO,K, etc. and the acid -OSO 0 H
  • sulfonic acid refers to the radical -SO 3 H- and its corresponding salts, e.g. -SO 3 K-, -SO 3 Na-.
  • sulfonyl refers to a radical having the structure R u S ⁇ 2-, where R u can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amide, aryl,
  • alkylsulfonyl refers to an alkyl group attached to a sulfonyl group.
  • Alkylsulfonyl groups can optionally contain alkenyl or alkynyl groups.
  • thioketone refers to a radical having the structure -R V _C(S)-R W _.
  • the ketone can be attached to another group through R v or R w .
  • R v or R w can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl, or R v or
  • R w can be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring.
  • Alkyl "alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” groups, collectively referred to as
  • saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons can be substituted with or interrupted by at least one group selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, thioketone, and N.
  • a "suitable substituent” refers to a group that does not nullify the synthetic or pharmaceutical utility of the compounds of the invention or the intermediates useful for preparing them.
  • suitable substituents include, but are not limited to: C 1 - 22 , C 1 - 8 , and C- ⁇ -6 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; Ci -6 aryl, C2- 5 heteroaryl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C1-2 2 , Ci -8 , and Ci -6 alkoxy; C 6 aryloxy; -CN; -OH; oxo; halo, carboxy; amino, such as -NH(Ci ⁇ , C1-8, or Ci -6 alkyl), -N((Ci_22, Ci -8 , and Ci -6 alkyl) 2 , -NH((C 6 )aryl), or -N((C 6 )aryl) 2 ; formyl; ketones, such as
  • compositions may also contain other active compounds providing supplemental, additional, or enhanced therapeutic functions.
  • composition refers to a composition comprising at least one compound as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. .
  • prodrugs as used herein represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, commensurate with a reasonable benefit / risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention.
  • a discussion is provided in Higuchi et al., "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," ACS Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Roche, E. B., ed. Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions refers to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the present compositions.
  • compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
  • the acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non ⁇ toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to sulfate, citrate, matate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i
  • Compounds included in the present compositions that include an amino moiety may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above.
  • Compounds included in the present compositions, that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations.
  • Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers.
  • stereoisomers when used herein consist of all geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may be designated by the symbols “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom.
  • Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated "( ⁇ )" in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
  • Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the present invention can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials that contain asymmetric or stereogenic centers, or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1 ) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) salt formation employing an optically active resolving agent, or (3) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns.
  • Stereoisomeric mixtures can also be resolved into their component stereoisomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
  • Stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
  • Geometric isomers can also exist in the compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention encompasses the various geometric isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring.
  • Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the "Z” or "E' configuration wherein the terms "Z” and "E' are used in accordance with IUPAC standards.
  • structures depicting double bonds encompass both the E and Z isomers.
  • the structure below represents a genus of alkenes in which the double bond is either an "E-double bond" or a "Z-double bond.”
  • X is selected from CRn, CR 11 Ri 3 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NRi 1 , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than Ri 3 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CRi 2 Ri 4 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NRi 2 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than Ri 4 ;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Re, Ry, Rs, Rg, R10, Rn, Ri 2 , Ris, Ri 4 and R i7 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
  • Ri 2 i Ri 3> and Ru are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
  • Z-i, Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Zi is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z 2 is a single bond, then Ri 0 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 2 2)alkyl, (C 2-
  • any W wherein X can be CH, CH 2 , CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y can be CH, CH 2 , CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • #STR99# is ⁇ v ⁇ s. , or O S
  • #STR100# is ⁇ X ⁇ or ⁇ ;
  • R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci_C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ .C ⁇ alkenyl, (C ⁇ .C ⁇ alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 1 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following a.
  • R7 is a hydroxyl; b. at least one W is a N; c. at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; d . at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#; e. one of R1-R10 is a monoester; f. one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid; g. one of R1-R10 is succinic acid; h. R7 is #STR55#; i. R7 and R2 are #STR55#; j. R7 and R2 are hydroxyls; and k. R7 is #STR66#.
  • Non-limiting embodiments of Formula 1 include: i. R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N; R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is
  • R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (Ci-C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F] 1 chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be CH, CH 2 , CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y ean be CH, CH 2 , CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
  • R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 1 -C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein non limiting examples of Formula 1 have at least one proviso selected from the following:
  • R7 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid; one of R1-R10 is succinic acid;
  • R7 is #STR55#
  • R7 and R2 are #STR55#;
  • R7 and R2 are hydroxyls
  • R7 is #STR66#.
  • Non-limiting examples include compounds of Formula 1 where
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is #STR66#;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#;
  • R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
  • X can be O, S 1 C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can-be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • #STR99# means , or ;
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (C 1- C 2 2)alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl 1 (C 2- C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F] 1 chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
  • X can be O 1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (C-
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1- C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F] 1 chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
  • X can be 0, S 1 C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (C 1 _C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl (R1-R6 and R8- R10) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl (R1-R6 and R8- R10) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C2-C- 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I] 1 methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and ,
  • R12 is (Ci-C- 22 )alkyl. (C2-C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#. [087]
  • Non-limiting examples of Formula 2 are provided below:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of kenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I] 1 methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2: wherein the same applies to any W; or
  • X can be O, S, C 1 CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • #STR77# means #STR88# means HN ⁇ °% 12 , or ;
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alkyl. (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 2 compounds have at least one of the following groups of provisos:
  • R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R6 and R8-R10) is #STR66#; OR b) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 ia a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R6 and R8-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
  • R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#
  • W is a N
  • c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#
  • d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
  • W can be C or N
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99# wherein
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is hydroxyl or #STR66# and at least one W is a N and optionally: b) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (C-i-C ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that a) R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-10 is #STR66#; and /or b) R7 is #STR66#.
  • Non-limiting examples of Formula 3 include
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxy!
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is hydroxyl or #STR66# and at least one W is a N and optionally: b) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#; [091]
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 3:
  • Non-limiting examples of Formula 3 include:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxy!
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (C-i.C ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that a) R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-10 is #STR66#; and /or b) R7 is #STR66#.
  • X is selected from CR 11 , CR 11 R 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 11 , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 R 14 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 12 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R10, R11, R12, R13, Ru, R17 and Ri 8 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, aikyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R 2 , R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, Rio > R11.
  • R 12 , Ri 3 , Ri 4 and Ri 8 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z 2 is a double bond, then at least one of R 5 , R 6 , Re and R 9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R17 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1- C 22 )BlKyI, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 1- C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic)
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 4:
  • X can be CH, CH 2 , CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y can be CH, CH 2 , CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
  • R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (Ci.C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 4 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
  • R8 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
  • R8 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid;
  • R8 is #STR55#
  • R8 and R3 are #STR55#
  • R8 and R3 are hydroxyls
  • R8 is #STR66#.
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R-10 is #STR66#;
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99;
  • R8 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 4 include:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R17 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 1- C 22 )SIkVnVl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucur
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be CH, CH 2 , CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH 1 NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y can be CH, CH 2 , CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X
  • R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C 1 -C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, (C 1 -C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCb, sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 4 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
  • R8 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
  • R8 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid;
  • R8 is #STR55#
  • R8 and R3 are #STR55#
  • R8 and R3 are hydroxyls
  • R8 is #STR66#.
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R-10 is #STR66#;
  • R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99;
  • R8 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • Another alternative embodiment provides compounds comprising the isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be O, S, C 1 CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein #STR77# means
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl; OR b) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O 1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
  • #STR99# means , or ;
  • #STR100# means R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alky1. (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 .C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5.
  • X can be O 1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66#; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1 -10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • the structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5.
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#
  • #STR99# means , or #STR100# means
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 5 include:
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-tX ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH 3 ], ethoxy [OCH 2 CH 3 ], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
  • Z can be a single or a double bond
  • R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
  • R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine
  • R12 is (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 5 compounds have one at least one of the following groups of provisos:
  • R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#
  • R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#.
  • R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66#; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
  • R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#
  • W is a N
  • c) at least one of R1 -10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#
  • R1-R10 is #STR66#.
  • Another alternative embodiment provides polyphenol compounds of Formula 6: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alky1 > (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I] fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be CH, CH 2 , CR17, CR18, CHR17, CHR18, CR17R18, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR17 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y ean be CH, CH 2 , CR15 CR16, CHR15, CHR16, CR15R16, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR15 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Z can be a single or double bond with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
  • R21 and R12 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i-C ⁇ alkyl. (C 2- C 2 2)alkenyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 6 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
  • R7 and R12 are a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR66#;
  • R7 is #STR66#
  • R12 is #STR66#; one of R1-R14 is a monoester; one of R1-R14 is a succinic acid; one of R1-R14 is a dicarboxylic acid;
  • R7 is #STR55#
  • R12 is #STR55#
  • R7 and R12 are #STR55#;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR66#;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# and #STR99#;
  • R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 6 include: (LXIlI)
  • R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2- C 22 )Ql kynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxy!
  • W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
  • X can be CH, CH 2 , CR17, CR18, CHR17, CHR18, CR17R18, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR17 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Y can be CH, CH 2 , CR15 CR16, CHR15, CHR16, CR15R16, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NR15 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
  • Z can be a single or double bond with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
  • R21 and R12 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 2 2)alkenyl, ⁇ .C ⁇ alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid [-SO 3 H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
  • R7 and R12 are a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR66#;
  • R7 is #STR66#
  • R12 is #STR66# one of R1-R14 is a monoester; one of R1-R14 is a succinic acid; one of R1-R14 is a dicarboxylic acid;
  • R7 is #STR55#
  • R12 is #STR55#
  • R7 and R12 are #STR55#;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR66#;
  • R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# and #STR99#;
  • R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
  • X is selected from CR 11 , CR 11 R 13 , CO 1 CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 11 , ' wherein R 1 - I may be the same or different than R- I3 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 R 14 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 12 , wherein R 12 may be the same or different than R- J4 ;
  • Ri3 > R14 and R 17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from R-i, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Re, R 7 , Rs, R 9 , R 10 , Ri 1 , R 12 , R- 13 , and R 14 are connected
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Z 1 is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z 2 is a single bond, then R 10 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
  • R ⁇ , R 7 , Re, Rg, R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , Ri3, Ri4 and R 17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
  • Re, R7, Re, Rg. R10, R11, R12, Ri3, R-i4 and R 17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • Z 2 is a double bond. 15. The method of embodiment 14, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • X is selected from CRn, CRnR 13 , CO, CS, and O; and Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 R 14 , S, SO, SO 2 , and NR 12 .
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • Z2 is a double bond.
  • R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R 17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate. 35. The method of embodiment 30, wherein at least one of R-i, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 ,
  • Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R 1 1, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R 17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • Re, R7, Re, R9, R-io, R-11, R12, R13, Ri4 and R 17 Js selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-suIfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Re are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • X is O and Y is CO.
  • at least one W is N.
  • the method of embodiment 1 wherein Formula I has the structure:
  • R ⁇ , R7, Re, R9, R-io, R-11, R12, Ri3, R-i4 and R 17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
  • R 6 , R 7 , Re, R9, R10, R-11, R-12, R-13, Ri4 and Ri 7 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R ⁇ , R 4 , R 5 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • Rs, R ⁇ > R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R 17 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
  • R7, Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4and R 17 is a nicotinate ester.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that RQ and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R & and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O-
  • Re, R7, R ⁇ , R9, R10, R111 R12, R-I3, Ri4 and Ri 7 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
  • R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • Re, R7, Re, R9, R 10 , R11, R 1 2, Ri3, Ri4 ⁇ nd R17 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
  • R17 is a nicotinate ester.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that RQ and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • X is selected from CH 2 , CHR 11 , CHR 13 , CR 11 R 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH and NR 11 , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CH 2 , CHRi 2 , CHR 14 , CRi 2 Ri 4 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH and NRi 2 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than Ri 4 ;
  • Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R-io, Rn, R12, R13, Ri4 and Ri 7 are each independently selected from (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, monoester, dicarboxylic acid, J, K, L, M, P and Q; each W is independently selected from C and N;
  • Z 2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond
  • M is selected from P is selected from o S
  • Q is selected from ⁇ J- an d ⁇ ;
  • R- I5 and Ri 6 are each independently selected from (C 1- C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid and phosphate; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from:
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • At least one of R 1 -R 10 is selected from L, M and P;
  • At least one of R 1 -R 10 is selected from K;
  • R 7 is K
  • R 1 -R10 is a monoester
  • R 1 -R 10 is a dicarboxylic acid
  • R 7 and R 2 are each hydroxyl
  • R 7 is selected from J;
  • R 7 and R 2 are each selected from J.
  • RrR ⁇ and R 8 -RiO is selected from L, M and P.
  • R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Rs, R9, and R 10 are independently selected from (Ci- C 22 )alkyl, (C ⁇ .C ⁇ alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F, and G;
  • R 7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
  • E is selected from anc j
  • Ri_ 6 and R 8- - I0 is selected from D, E and F;
  • At least one of R- ⁇ -6 and R 8 -io is selected from K.
  • Re, Re, R ⁇ , and R10 are each independently selected from (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F and G;
  • R 7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
  • Z 2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond
  • X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NRn;
  • Y is selected from O, S, C, CR 12 and NR 12 ;
  • R 11 and R12 are each independently selected from D, E, F, and G;
  • F is selected from and
  • R- I5 is selected from pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine;
  • R-1 6 is selected from (Ci.C 2 2)alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from
  • R- ⁇ - 6 and R 8- io are selected from D, E and F;
  • At least one of R- ⁇ -6 and R 8- io is selected from K.
  • At least one of R- ⁇ -6 and Rs-io is selected from D, E and F. 110.
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently selected from (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F and G.
  • R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5, R ⁇ , Rs, R9 and R 10 are each independently selected from (Ci.C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate, and O-glucoronidate;
  • R 7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N; Z 2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond;
  • X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NR 11 ;
  • Y is selected from O, S, C 1 CR 12 and NR 12 ;
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently selected from D, F and G;
  • R 7 is hydroxyl, then at least one W is N and at least one of R-i. 6 and Rs-10 is selected from K, and wherein if R 7 is K, then at least one W is N.
  • a method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
  • X is selected from CRn, CR 11 R 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 11 , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 Ri 4 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 12 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R 17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
  • each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
  • Z-i, Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Z 1 is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z 2 is a single bond, then R 1O is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof. 120.
  • the cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder is selected from acute coronary syndrome, angina pectoris, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, carotid atherosclerosis, cerebrovascular disease, cerebral infarction, congestive heart failure, congenital heart disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, coronary plaque stabilization, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, endothelium dysfunctions, familial hypercholeasterolemia, familial combined hyperlipidemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, intermittent claudication, ischemia, ischemia reperfusion injury, ischemic heart diseases, multi-infarct dementia, myocardial infarction, peripheral vascular disease, restenosis, renal artery atherosclerosis, rheumatic heart disease, stroke, thrombotic disorder, transitory ischemic attacks, and lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's disease, obesity, diabetes mellitus, syndrome X and impotence.
  • X is selected from CRn, CRnRi 3 , CO, O, N and NRn , wherein Rn may be the same or different than Ri 3 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CRi 2 Ri 4 , CO, O, N and NRi 2 , wherein R 12 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • Ri. R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Rs, R9, R10, R11, Ri2> Ri3> Ri4 and Ri 7 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
  • each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; at least one W is N;
  • Zi, Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if X is O and Z 2 is a single bond, then R 10 is not hydroxyl or ester; wherein if a W in the C ring is selected from N and NRi 0 ,
  • Z 1 is a double bond
  • R5, Re, Rs, and R 9 are each hydrogen, then R 7 is not hydroxyl or alkoxy; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of embodiment 129 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method of increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of embodiment 129.
  • a method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of embodiment 129.
  • X is selected from CRn, CRnR 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 11 , wherein R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 R 14 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , N and NR 12 , wherein R 12 may be the same or different than R 14 ;
  • Ri, R 2 , Rs, R4, Rs, Re, R?, Rs, Rg, R10, R11, Ri 2 , R13, Ri4, R17 and R 18 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R7, Rs, R 9 , R 10 , R-11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri 8 are connected in
  • Zi, Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 8 and Rg is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • X is O and Y is CO.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • X is selected from CRn, CR 11 Ri 3 , CO, CS, and O;
  • Y is selected from CR 12 , CR 12 Ri 4 , S, SO, SO 2 , and NR 12 .
  • R 6 and R 8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R 6 and R 8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • R 6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
  • R 4 , R 5 , Re, R7, Re, R9, R-10, Rii» R12, R13, R14, R17 and R 18 is selected from O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate.
  • R14, R17 and R 18 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
  • Ri2i Ri3, RH R17 and R 18 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone. 172. The method of embodiment 171 , wherein at least one Of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 ,
  • R 4 , R5, R 6 , R7, R ⁇ , R ⁇ > R10, R-11, R12, Ri3, Ri4, R17 and Ri 8 is a nicotinate ester.
  • X is selected from CH 2 , CHR 11 , CHR 13 , CR 11 R 13 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 ,
  • R 11 may be the same or different than R 13 ;
  • Y is selected from CH 2 , CHR 12 , CHR 14 , CR 12 R 14 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH and NR 12 , wherein Ri 2 may be the same or different than Ri 4 ;
  • Ri4, R17 and R 18 are each independently selected from (C-i-C ⁇ alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, monoester, dicarboxylic acid, J, K, L, M, P and Q; each W is independently selected from C and N;
  • Z 2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond
  • M is selected from P is selected from ; o s
  • Q is selected from - ⁇ A- ⁇ and ⁇ X ⁇ .
  • Ri 5 and R 16 are each independently selected from (Ci_C 22 )alkyl, (C 2 - C 22 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 22 )alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyi, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF 3 , CCI 3 , sulfonic acid and phosphate; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from:
  • R 7 is hydroxyl
  • At least one of RrR 10 is selected from L, M and P;
  • At least one of R 1 -RiO is selected from K;
  • R 7 is K
  • R 1 -Ri O is a monoester
  • RrR 1O is a dicarboxylic acid
  • R1-R10 is succinic acid
  • R 7 and R 2 are each hydroxyl
  • R 7 is selected from J.
  • RrR ⁇ and R 8 -RiO is selected from L, M and P.
  • Y is selected from CH 2 , CHR 12 , CHR-14, CR 12 Ri 4 , CO, CS, S, SO, SO 2 , NH and NR 12 , wherein R 12 may be the same or different than R 14 .
  • R 3 , R4. R5. Re, Re, R9, and R10 are independently selected from (Ci- C 22 )alkyl, (C 2- C 22 )alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF 3 , CCI 3 , phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F, and G;
  • R 7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
  • X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NRn;
  • Y is selected from O, S, C, CRi 2 and NRi 2 ;
  • R 11 and Ri 2 are each independently selected from D, E, F, and G;
  • F is selected from and
  • G is ⁇ JU- .
  • Ri 5 is selected from pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine;
  • R- 1 6 is selected from (Ci-C 22 )alkyl, (C2-C 22 )alkenyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from
  • Ri-6 and R 8- i 0 is selected from D, E and F;
  • At least one of Ri_6 and R 8- io is selected from K.
  • Ri -6 and R 8- io is selected from D, E and F.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides non-naturally occurring polyphenol compounds that upregulate the expression of Apolipoprotein A-I (ApoA-I). The disclosed compositions and methods can be used for treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease and related disease states, including cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, e.g., atherosclerosis.

Description

FLAVANOIDS AND ISOFLAVANOIDS FOR THE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application
Ser. No. 60/620,888, filed October 20, 2004; U.S. provisional application Ser. No.
60/626,819, filed November 10, 2004; and U.S. provisional application Ser. No.
60/666,859, filed March 29, 2005, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Technical Field
[002] The present disclosure relates to polyphenol compounds, which are useful for regulating the expression of apolipoprotein A-I (ApoA-l), and their use for treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease and related disease states, including cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, e.g., atherosclerosis.
BACKGROUND
[003] Epidemiologic data demonstrate an inverse relationship between circulating levels of high density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) and the incidence of clinically significant atherosclerosis. Each 1 mg/dl increment in the HDL-C serum level is associated with a 2-3% decrement in cardiovascular risk; a 1 % reduction in LDL-C reduces coronary heart disease (CHD) risk by 2%. Gordon et al., Am. J. Med. 62(5):707-14 (1997). Experimental evidence further supports the protective effect of HDL against cardiovascular disease. For example, in subjects with low HDL-C, administration of gemfibrozil results in a 6% increase in the HDL- C level and a corresponding 22% reduction of the CHD risk. Rubins et al., N.
Engl. J. Med. 341 (6):410-8 (1999). Observations in genetic disorders associated with low HDL due to reduced ApoA-l expression, also indicate the link between elevated risk of CHD and low HDL-C.
[004] HDL appears to exert its antiatherogenic effect by mediating reverse cholesterol transport (RCT), in which cholesterol is recruited from peripheral tissues and transported to the liver. In addition, HDL also exerts anti¬ inflammatory, andtioxidant effects and promotes fibrinolysis. HDL paticles protect against oxidation of LDL, an important initial step in promoting cholseteol uptake by arterial macrophages. HDL exists in two main forms, one containing both apolipoprotein A-I (ApoA-l) and apolipoprotein A-Il (ApoA-ll), and the other containing ApoA-l without ApoA-ll. Schultz et al., Nature 365(6448):762-4 (1993). The cardioprotective effect of HDL is mostly, but not exclusively, attributable to ApoA-l.
[005] Clinical and experimental data suggest that the production of ApoA-l is a critical determinant of circulating HDL. For example, persons with familial hyperalphalipoproteinemia (elevated ApoA-l) appear to be protected from atherosclerosis, while those deficient in ApoA-l (hypoalphalipoproteinemia) show accelerated cardiovascular disease. In addition, various experimental manipulations to increase production of ApoA-l are associated with reduced atherogenicity. For example, human ApoA-l is protective in transgenic animal models (Shah et al., Circulation 97(8):780-5 (1998; Rubin et al., Nature
353(6341 ):265-7 (1991), and treatment with ApoA-lMiiano prevents atherosclerotic lesions and leads to regression of atherosclerotic plaques in human patients (Nissen et al., JAMA 290(17):2292-300 (2003)). Further lines of research supporting an antiatherogenic role of ApoA-l include enhancement of reverse cholesterol transport, attenuation of oxidative stress, increased peroxonase activity, enhanced anticoagulant activity, and anti-inflammatory activity. Accordingly, ApoA-l is an attractive target for therapeutic intervention.
[006] Currently available therapeutic agents that increase the plasma concentration of ApoA-l, for example, recombinant ApoA-l or peptides that mimic ApoA-l, have potential drawbacks related to manufacturing and reproducibility, e.g., stability during storage, delivery of an active product, and in vivo half-life. Therefore, small molecule compounds that upregulate the production of endogenous ApoA-l, such as, e.g., transcriptional upregulators of ApoA-l expression, are very attractive as new therapeutic agents for cardiovascular disease.
[007] One class of compounds that are thought to contribute to the prevention of various diseases, including cancer and cardiovascular diseases, is polyphenols. Polyphenols are common constituents of the human diet, present in most food and beverages of plant origin, and are the most abundant dietary antioxidants. However, polyphenols protective properties are often minimized due to poor bioavailability, lack of clinical significance, and deleterious effects at high concentrations. For example, the most abundant and available source of resveratrol for consumers, red wine, cannot be consumed in therapeutically efficacious quantities on a daily basis due to the numerous well documented deleterious effects of excessive alcohol consumption. The actions of resveratrol may be better or safer in the absence of alcohol.
[008] Several human clinical studies, involving foods or beverages, have yet to demonstrate an unequivocal benefit on primary clinical endpoints, such as oxidative stress, lipemia, and inflammation. For example, out of 12 recent intervention studies with differing polyphenol sources, 6 showed no effect on lipid parameters and the other 6 showed an improvement in the lipid parameters. Manach, Curr. Opin. Lipidol. 16(1):77-84 (2005). Such contradictory data has limited the potential use of polyphenols, despite their many beneficial properties.
[009] The use of naturally occurring polyphenols as a potential therapy has also been impeded by the inability to achieve efficacious levels of bioavailability. The bioavailability of polyphenols in humans range from 1 % to 26% and has a large inter-individual variability as well as variability between different polyphenols. Polyphenols differ in how they are absorbed, metabolized, and excreted. For example, polyphenol flavonoids, such as quercetin, have been reported to have less than 1 % intestinal absorption following oral administration. Gugler et al., Eur. J. Clin. Pharm. 9:223 (1975). In addition, metabolites are known to negatively influence the biological activity of the parent compounds. Such metabolites often differ from the parent compound in terms of toxicity, efficacy, and length of residence in the plasma. Another limiting factor may be polyphenols' poor solubility in water which limits the routes of administration. These and other factors have made it difficult to determine appropriate dosages of the naturally occurring polyphenols, naringenin or resveratrol, for use in humans.
[010] Thus, there exists a need for synthetic polyphenols to be developed as therapeutic agents for the treatment and prevention of cardiovascular and related diseases, particularly, cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, e.g., atherosclerosis. It is therefore one of the objects of the present invention to provide compounds that upregulate the expression of ApoA-l, while having more favorable pharmacological properties than naturally occurring polyphenols. SUMMARY
[011] The methods of invention include administering to a mammal (e.g., a human) in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a flavanoid compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula I wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR1-I, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CRt2, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R10, Rn, R12, R13, R^ and R17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, Rg, R1O, R11, R12, R13, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; Z-i, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Zi is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R10 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
[012] Methods of invention also include administering to a mammal (e.g., a human) in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isoflavanoid compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Formula IV wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CRnR13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NRn, wherein Rn may be the same or different than Ri3;
Y is selected from CRi2, CRi2Ri4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NRi2, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than R14;
R-Ii R2> R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4, Ri7 and Ris are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, Rs, Re, R7. Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12. Ri3, Ru and Risare connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z-I, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond, then at least one of R5, R6, R8 and R9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
[013] In certain embodiments, the methods and compositions of the invention are useful for treatment of diseases characterized by reduced ApoA-l and/or HDL. The compounds and compositions of the invention can be used to increase expression of ApoA-l. Increasing expression of ApoA-l refers to transcriptionally modulating the expression of the ApoA-l gene thereby affecting the level of the ApoA-l protein expressed, i.e., synthesized and secreted, by the cell. An increase in ApoA-l protein expression leads to an increase in blood levels of HDL. Thus, the methods and compounds of the invention may further be used to reduce plasma cholesterol levels. Accordingly, the methods and compositions of the invention can be used for treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease and related disease states, particularly, cholesterol or lipid related disorders, such as, atherosclerosis, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, hypertension, coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and the like. [014] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for prevention of arteriosclerosis lesion development in a mammal, including the development of new arteriosclerotic lesions. In another aspect, the present invention provides a method regressing arteriosclerosis lesions.
[015] The methods and compounds of the invention may further be used to lower blood levels of LDL and triglycerides and/or to increase free radical scavenging. In addition, these methods and compositions may also be used to inhibit HMG-CoA reductase, inhibit ACAT, and/or increase ABCA-I activity.
[016] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods and compositions for effecting an increase of HDL in a mammal comprising, wherein the compound is a flavonoid or a isoflavonoid, each derivatized with covalently bonded niacin. In certain embodiments, the covalent bond comprises a reverse ester linkage.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES [017] FIGURE 1 shows results from an ELISA analysis to measure
ApoA-l protein content of conditioned media from: (1 ) untreated HepG2 cells:
(2) HepG2 cells treated with solvent: and (3) HepG2 cells treated with test compound, at 0, 6, and 24 hours after exposure.
[018] FIGURE 2 shows permeability of Caco-2 cells to 4'-hydroxyflavone,
2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one, and 2-(2-amino-4-hydroxy- phenyl)-chromen-4-one over time (expressed as percent transported Paap
(cm/s)).
[019] FIGURE 3(A) shows the effect of 4'-hydroxyflavone, and 4-(4- oxo4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyi nicotinate on ApoA-l levels in hApoA-l transgenic mice (expressed as net percent change in ApoA-l). FIGURE 3(B) shows the change in HDL-C, large HDL (HDL2), small HDL (HDL3) and total cholesterol (TC) levels in hApoA-l transgenic mice following administration of 4'-hydroxyflavone. FIGURE 3(C) graphically depicts the change in liver weight in hApoA-l transgenic mice following administration of 4'-hydroxyflavone,4-(4-oxo4H-chromen-2- yl)phenyl nicotinate, and fenofibrate.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions
[020] The term "aldehyde" or "formyl" as used herein refers to the radical -CHO.
[021] The term "alkenyl" as used herein refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-22, 2-8, or 2-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, and (C2-C6)alkenyl, respectively. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl, 4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl, etc.
[022] The term "alkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to an oxygen (-O-alkyl-). "Alkoxy" groups also include an alkenyl group attached to an oxygen ("alkenoxy") or an alkynyl group attached to an oxygen ("alkynoxy") groups. Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, groups with an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group of 1-22, 1-8, or 1-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (Ci_C22)alkoxy, (C-i-C^alkoxy, and (Ci.C6)alkoxy, respectively. Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, etc. _
[023] The term "aikyl" as used herein refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon, such as a straight or branched group of 1-22, 1-8, or 1-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as
Figure imgf000011_0001
(Ci-C8)alkyl, and (Ci-C6)alkyl, respectively. Exemplary alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1 -propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1 -butyl, 3-methyl- 1 -butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1 -propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1- pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1 -butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-i -butyl, 2-ethyl-1 -butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc.
[024] The term "alkynyl" as used herein refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-22, 2-8, or 2-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as (C2-C22)alkynyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, and (C2-C6)alkynyl, respectively. Exemplary alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1 -butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl, and 4-butyl-2- hexynyl, etc.
[025] The term "amide" as used herein refers to a radical of the form
-R3C(O)N(Rb)-, -Rac(°)N(Rb)Rc-> or -C(O)NRbR0. wherein Rb and Rc are each
independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. The amide can be attached to another group through the carbon, the nitrogen, Rb,
Rc, or Ra. The amide also may be cyclic, for example Rb and Rc, Ra and Rb, or Ra and Rc may be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring, such as a 3- to 10-
membered ring or a 5- to 6-membered ring. The term "amide" encompasses groups such as sulfonamide, urea, carbamate, carbamic acid, and cyclic versions thereof. The term "amide" also encompasses an amide group attached to a carboxy group, e.g., -amide-COOH or salts such as -amide-COONa, etc, an amino group attached to a carboxy group, e.g., -amino-COOH or salts such as - amino-COONa, etc.
[026] The term "amine" or "amino" as used herein refers to a radical of the form -NRdRΘ, -N(R0J)Re., or -R6N(Rd)Rf. where R0J1 Re, and Rf are
independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. The amino can be attached to the parent molecular group through the nitrogen, R(j, Re or Rf. The amino also may be cyclic, for example any two of Ra, Rb, and
Rc may be joined together or with the N to form a 3- to 12-membered ring, e.g.,
morpholino or piperidinyl. The term amino also includes the corresponding
quaternary ammonium salt of any amino group, e.g., -[N(Rd)(R6)(Rf)]"1".
Exemplary amino groups include aminoalkyl groups, wherein at least one of R^,
R6, or Rf is an alkyl group.
[027] The term "aryl" as used herein refers to a mono-, bi-, or other multi- carbocyclic, aromatic ring system. The aryl group can optionally be fused to one or more rings selected from aryls, cycloalkyls, and heterocyclyls. The aryl groups of this invention can be substituted with groups selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Exemplary aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, tolyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, and naphthyl, as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl. Exemplary aryl groups also include, but are not limited to a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C6)aryl."
[028] The term "arylalkyl" as used herein refers to an aryl group having at least one alkyl substituent, e.g. -aryl-alkyk Exemplary arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, arylalkyls having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C6)arylalkyl."
[029] The term "aryloxy" as used herein refers to an aryl group attached to an oxygen atom. Exemplary aryloxy groups include, but are not limited to, aryloxys having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C6)aryloxy."
[030] The term "arylthio" as used herein refers to an aryl group attached to an sulfur atom. Exemplary arylthio groups include, but are not limited to, arylthios having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as "(C6)arylthio."
[031] The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to an aryl group attached to a sulfonyl group, e.g., -S(O)2-aryl-. Exemplary arylsulfonyl groups
include, but are not limited to, arylsulfonyls having a monocyclic aromatic ring system, wherein the ring comprises 6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as
"(Cβ)arylsulfonyl." [032] The term "benzyl" as used herein refers to the group -CH2-phenyl.
[033] The term "tricyclic aryl" as used herein refers to an aryl group fused to another aromatic or non-aromatic carbocylic or heterocyclic ring. Exemplary bicyclic aryl groups include, but are not limited to, naphthyl or partly reduced forms thereof, such as di-, tetra-, or hexahydronaphthyl.
[034] The term "bicyclic heteroaryl" as used herein refers to a heteroaryl group fused to another aromatic or non-aromatic carbocylic or heterocyclic ring. Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, 5,6 or 6,6-fused systems wherein one or both rings contain heteroatoms. The term "bicyclic heteroaryl" also encompasses reduced or partly reduced forms of fused aromatic system wherein one or both rings contain ring heteroatoms. The ring system may contain up to three heteroatoms, independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur. The bicyclic system may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryl's include, but are not limited to, quinazolinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzopyridinyl, and benzofuranyl.
[035] The term "carbamate" as used herein refers to a radical of the form
-RgOC(O)N(Rh)-, -RgOC(O)N(Rh)Rj., Or -OC(O)NRhRj, wherein RQj Rh and Rj
are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Exemplary carbamates include, but are not limited to, arylcarbamates or heteroaryl carbamates, e.g. wherein at least one, of Rg1 R)1 and Rj are
independently selected from aryl or heteroaryl, such as pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine.
[036] The term "carbonyl" as used herein refers to the radical -C(O)-.
[037] The term "carboxy" as used herein refers to the radical -COOH or its corresponding salts, e.g. -COONa, etc. The term carboxy also includes "carboxycarbonyl," e.g. a carboxy group attached to a carbonyl group, e.g., -C(O)- COOH or salts such as -C(O)-COONa, etc..
[038] The term "cyano" as used herein refers to the radical -CN.
[039] The term "cycloalkoxy" as used herein refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to an oxygen.
[040] The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a monovalent saturated or unsaturated cyclic, bicyclic, or bridged bicyclic hydrocarbon group of 3-12 carbons, or 3-8 carbons, referred to herein as "(C3-C8)cycloalkyl," derived from a cycloalkane. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclohexanes, cyclohexenes, cyclopentanes, and cyclopentenes. Cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Cycloalkyl groups can be fused to other cycloalkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl groups.
[041] The term "dicarboxylic acid" as used herein refers to a group containing at least two carboxylic acid groups such as saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acids and salts thereof. Exemplary dicarboxylic acids include alkyl dicarboxylic acids. Dicarboxylic acids may be substituted with alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryi, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, malonic acid, fumaric acid, (+)/(-)-malic acid, (+)/(-) tartaric acid, isophthalic acid, and terephthalic acid. Dicarboxylic acids further include carboxylic acid derivatives thereof, such as anhydrides, imides, hydrazides, etc., for example, succinic anhydride, succinimide, etc.
[042] The term "ester" refers to a radical having the structure -C(O)O-, -C(O)O-Rj., -RkC(O)O-Rj., or -RkC(O)O-, where O is not bound to hydrogen, and
Rj and R^ can independently be selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, ether, formyl, haloalkyl, halogen, heteroaryi, heterocyclyl, ketone, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid and thioketone. Rk can be a hydrogen, but Rj cannot be hydrogen. The ester
may be cyclic, for example the carbon atom and Rj, the oxygen atom and Rk, or
Rj and R^ may be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring. Exemplary esters
include, but are not limited to, alkyl esters wherein at least one of Rj or Rk is alkyl, such as -alkyl-C(O)-O-, -C(O)-O-alkyl-, -alkyl-C(O)-O-alkyl- etc. Exemplary esters also include aryl or heteoraryl esters, e.g. wherein at least one of Rj or Rk is a heteroaryi group such as pyridine, pyridazine, pyrmidine and pyrazine, such as a nicotinate ester. Exemplary esters also include reverse esters having the structure -RkC(O)O-, where the oxygen is bound to the parent molecular group.
Exemplary reverse esters include succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate. Esters also include carboxylic acid anhydrides and acid halides.
[043] Tne term "ether" refers to a radical having the structure -R|O-Rm_,
where R| and Rm can independently be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, or ether. The ether can be attached to the parent molecular group through R| or Rm. Exemplary ethers include, but are not limited to, alkoxyalkyl
and alkoxyaryl groups. Ethers also includes polyethers, e.g., where one or both of R| and Rm are ethers.
[044] The terms "halo" or "halogen" or "Hal" as used herein refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
[045] The term "haloalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms. "Haloalkyls" also encompass alkenyl or alkynyl groups substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[046] The term "heteroaryl" as used herein refers to a mono-, bi-, or multi- cyclic, aromatic ring system containing one or more heteroatoms, for example 1 to 3 heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Heteroaryls can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Heteroaryls can also be fused to non-aromatic rings. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, triazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, (1 ,2,3,)- and (1 ,2,4)-triazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidilyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, phenyl, isoxazolyl, and oxazolyl. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, a monocyclic aromatic ring, wherein the ring comprises 2 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, referred to herein as "(C2-C5)heteroaryl."
[047] The terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," or "heterocyclic" as used herein refer to a saturated or unsaturated 3-, A-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring containing one, two, or three heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Heterocycles can be aromatic (heteroaryls) or non-aromatic. Heterocycles can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
[048] Heterocycles also include bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one or two rings independently selected from aryls, cycloalkyls, and heterocycles. Exemplary heterocycles include acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, biotinyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dithiazolyl, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxaloyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiopyranyl, and triazolyl.
[049] The terms "hydroxy" and "hydroxyl" as used herein refers to the radical -OH.
[050] The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein refers to a hydroxy radical attached to an alkyl group.
[051] The term "hydroxyaryl" as used herein refers to a hydroxy radical attached to an aryl group.
[052] The term "ketone" as used herein refers to a radical having the structure -C(O)-Rn (such as acetyl, -C(O)CH3) or -RnX(O)-R0.. The ketone can
be attached to another group through Rn or R0. Rn or R0 can be alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl, or Rn or R0 can be joined to form a 3- to
12-membered ring.
[053] The term "monoester" as used herein refers to an analogue of a dicarboxylic acid wherein one of the carboxylic acids is functionalized as an ester and the other carboxylic acid is a free carboxylic acid or salt of a carboxylic acid. Examples of monoesters include, but are not limited to, to monoesters of succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, oxalic and maleic acid.
[054] The term "nitro" as used herein refers to the radical -NO2.
[055] The term "perfluoroalkoxy" as used herein refers to an alkoxy group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
[056] The term "perfluoroalkyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms. .
Exemplary perfluroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, Ci-5 perfluoroalkyl,
such as trifluoromethyl, etc.
[057] The term "perfluorocycloalkyl" as used herein refers to a cycloalkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
[058] The term "phenyl" as used herein refers to a 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring. The phenyl group can also be fused to a cyclohexane or cyclopentane ring. Phenyl can be substituted with one or more substituents including alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone.
[059] The term "phosphate" as used herein refers to a radical having the structure -OP(O)O2-, -RxOP(O)O2-, -OP(O)O2Ry, or -RxOP(O)O2Ry, wherein Rx and Ry can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, amide, amino, aryl, aryloxy, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halogen, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, sulfonate, sulfonyl, and thio.
[060] The term "sulfide" as used herein refers to the radical having the structure RZS-, where Rz can be alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide,
amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and ketone. The term "alkylsulfide" as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to a sulfur atom.
[061] The term "sujfinyl" as used herein refers to a radical having the structure -S(O)O-, -RpS(O)O-, -RpS(O)ORq-, or -S(O)ORq-, wherein Rp and Rs can be alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Exemplary sulfinyl groups include, but are not limited to, alkylsulfinyls wherein at least one of Rp or Rq is alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl.
[062] The term "sulfonamide" as used herein refers to a radical having the
structure -(Rr)-N-S(O)2-Rs- or -Rt(Rr)-N-S(O)2-Rs. where Rt, Rn and Rs can be,
for example, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl. Exemplary sulfonamides include alkylsulfonamides (e.g., where Rs is alkyl),
arylsulfonamides (e.g., where Rsis aryl), cycloalkyl sulfonamides (e.g., where Rs
is cycloalkyl), and heterocyclyl sulfonamides (e.g., where R8 is heterocyclyl), etc.
[063] The term "sulfonate" as used herein refers to the radical -OSO3".
Sulfonate includes salts such as -OSO0Na, -OSO,K, etc. and the acid -OSO0H
[064] The term "sulfonic acid" refers to the radical -SO3H- and its corresponding salts, e.g. -SO3K-, -SO3Na-.
[065] The term "sulfonyl" as used herein refers to a radical having the structure RuSθ2-, where Ru can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amide, aryl,
cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl, e.g., alkylsulfonyl. The term "alkylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to an alkyl group attached to a sulfonyl group. "Alkylsulfonyl" groups can optionally contain alkenyl or alkynyl groups.
[066] The term "thioketone" refers to a radical having the structure -RV_C(S)-RW_. The ketone can be attached to another group through Rv or Rw.
Rv or Rw can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or aryl, or Rv or
Rw can be joined to form a 3- to 12-membered ring.
[067] "Alkyl," "alkenyl," and "alkynyl" groups, collectively referred to as
"saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons," can be substituted with or interrupted by at least one group selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, thioketone, and N.
[068] As used herein, a "suitable substituent" refers to a group that does not nullify the synthetic or pharmaceutical utility of the compounds of the invention or the intermediates useful for preparing them. Examples of suitable substituents include, but are not limited to: C1-22, C1-8, and C-ι-6 alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl; Ci-6 aryl, C2-5 heteroaryl; C3-7 cycloalkyl; C1-22, Ci-8, and Ci-6 alkoxy; C6 aryloxy; -CN; -OH; oxo; halo, carboxy; amino, such as -NH(Ci^, C1-8, or Ci-6 alkyl), -N((Ci_22, Ci-8, and Ci-6 alkyl)2, -NH((C6)aryl), or -N((C6)aryl)2; formyl; ketones, such as -CO(Ci-22, C-1-8, and Ci-6 alkyl), -CO((C6 aryl) esters, such as -CO2(Ci-22, C1-8, and Ci-6 alkyl) and -CO2 (C6 aryl). One of skill in art can readily choose a suitable substituent based on the stability and pharmacological and synthetic activity of the compound of the invention.
[069] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein refers to any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, that are compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. The compositions may also contain other active compounds providing supplemental, additional, or enhanced therapeutic functions.
[070] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable composition" as used herein refers to a composition comprising at least one compound as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. .
[071] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs" as used herein represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, commensurate with a reasonable benefit / risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention. A discussion is provided in Higuchi et al., "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," ACS Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Roche, E. B., ed. Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[072] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)" refers to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the present compositions. Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non¬ toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to sulfate, citrate, matate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1 ,1'-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Compounds included in the present compositions that include an amino moiety may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above. Compounds included in the present compositions, that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
[073] The compounds of the disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. The term "stereoisomers" when used herein consist of all geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may be designated by the symbols "R" or "S," depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom. The present invention encompasses various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated "(±)" in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
[074] Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the present invention can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials that contain asymmetric or stereogenic centers, or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1 ) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) salt formation employing an optically active resolving agent, or (3) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns. Stereoisomeric mixtures can also be resolved into their component stereoisomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
[075] Geometric isomers can also exist in the compounds of the present invention. The present invention encompasses the various geometric isomers and mixtures thereof resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the "Z" or "E' configuration wherein the terms "Z" and "E' are used in accordance with IUPAC standards. Unless otherwise specified, structures depicting double bonds encompass both the E and Z isomers. For example, the structure below represents a genus of alkenes in which the double bond is either an "E-double bond" or a "Z-double bond."
Figure imgf000025_0001
[076] Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond alternatively can be referred to as "cis" or "trans," where "cis" represents substituents on the same side of the double bond and "trans" represents substituents on opposite sides of the double bond. The arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring are designated as "cis" or "trans." The term "cis" represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term "trans" represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane of the ring. Mixtures of compounds wherein the substituents are disposed on both the same and opposite sides of plane of the ring are designated "cis/trans."
Embodiments of the Invention
[077] Disclosed herein are methods for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000026_0001
Formula I
wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CR11Ri3, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NRi1, wherein R11 may be the same or different than Ri3;
Y is selected from CR12, CRi2Ri4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NRi2, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than Ri4;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Ry, Rs, Rg, R10, Rn, Ri2, Ris, Ri4 and Ri7 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Re, R9, R10, R11. Ri2i Ri3> and Ru are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z-i, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Zi is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then Ri0 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
[078] An alternative embodiment provides flavanoid compounds of Formula 1:
Figure imgf000027_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-
C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100#, wherein W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 1 :
Figure imgf000028_0001
the same applies to any W; or
the same applies to any W: wherein X can be CH, CH2, CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Y can be CH, CH2, CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Wherein
Figure imgf000029_0001
R15 0-R15
R15 R15^
"N'H O=N 0=(
N-R16 NH NH
#STR99# is ^^^v^s. , or O S
#STR100# is ^X^ or ^^ ;
R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci_C22)alkyl, (C^.C^alkenyl, (C^.C^alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 1 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following a. R7 is a hydroxyl; b. at least one W is a N; c. at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; d . at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#; e. one of R1-R10 is a monoester; f. one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid; g. one of R1-R10 is succinic acid; h. R7 is #STR55#; i. R7 and R2 are #STR55#; j. R7 and R2 are hydroxyls; and k. R7 is #STR66#.
[079] Non-limiting embodiments of Formula 1 include: i. R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N; R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is
#STR66#;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is
#STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; and
IV. R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
[080] Other alternative embodiments of Formula 1 include
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
(XVI)
Figure imgf000035_0001
(
Figure imgf000035_0002
XVIII)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2- C22)alkenyl, (Ci-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F]1 chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#,
#STR100#, wherein W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[081] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 1 :
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000036_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
X can be CH, CH2, CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Y ean be CH, CH2, CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
Figure imgf000037_0001
R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C1-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein non limiting examples of Formula 1 have at least one proviso selected from the following:
R7 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid; one of R1-R10 is succinic acid;
R7 is #STR55#;
R7 and R2 are #STR55#;
R7 and R2 are hydroxyls; and
R7 is #STR66#.
Non-limiting examples include compounds of Formula 1 where
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is #STR66#;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; and
R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
[082] Another embodiment provides flavanoid compounds of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000039_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein the same applies to any W;
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000040_0003
wherein
X can be O, S1 C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can-be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13is#STR77#,#STR88#,#STR99#,or#STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
Figure imgf000040_0004
.
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000041_0001
, or ;
O
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (C1-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[083] Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the general flavonoid structure of Formula 2:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl1 (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F]1 chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000042_0001
wherein the same applies to any W:
wherein
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein
X can be O1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
o^/O
#STR77#means
#STR88#means
#STR99#means
Figure imgf000043_0002
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (C-|.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one W is a N and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one W is a N and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[084] Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the general flavonoid structure of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000044_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of
Formula 2:
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000045_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#,
wherein #STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000046_0001
, or
O
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C^-C^alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[085] Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the general flavonoid structure of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000047_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F]1 chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein the same applies to any W:
wherein
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein
X can be 0, S1 C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000048_0003
, or
Figure imgf000049_0001
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (C1_C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl (R1-R6 and R8- R10) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl (R1-R6 and R8- R10) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
[086] Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the general flavonoid structure of Formula 2:
Figure imgf000049_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000049_0003
(C2-C-22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I]1 methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2:
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000050_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000051_0001
.
0
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and ,
R12 is (Ci-C-22)alkyl. (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#. [087] Non-limiting examples of Formula 2 are provided below:
Figure imgf000052_0001
(XXIII)
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000053_0001
(XXVII)
(XXVIII)
Figure imgf000053_0002
Figure imgf000054_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000054_0002
kenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I]1 methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 2: wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000055_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C1 CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13is#STR77#,#STR88#,#STR99#,or#STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
Figure imgf000055_0003
#STR88# means HNγ °%12 , or
Figure imgf000056_0001
;
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000056_0002
O
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine;
R12 is (Ci.C22)alkyl. (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 2 compounds have at least one of the following groups of provisos:
1 ) with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) R7 is a hydroxyl and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
2) with the proviso that; a) at least one W is a N and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one W is a N and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#. 3) with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R7 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
4) with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R6 and R8-R10) is #STR66#; OR b) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R7 ia a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R6 and R8-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
5) with the proviso that; a) R7 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[088] Another alternative embodiment provides flavanoid compounds of Formula 3:
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein
W can be C or N;
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99# Wherein
#STR100# means
#STR77# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0002
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is hydroxyl or #STR66# and at least one W is a N and optionally: b) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
[089] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 3:
Figure imgf000060_0001
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C^-C^alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
#STR66# means
Figure imgf000060_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
Wherein: #STR100#means
#STR77#means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (C-i-C^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that a) R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-10 is #STR66#; and /or b) R7 is #STR66#.
[090] Non-limiting examples of Formula 3 include
Figure imgf000061_0003
(X
Figure imgf000062_0001
XXII)
(XXXIII)
(XXXIV)
Figure imgf000062_0002
Figure imgf000062_0003
(XXXVi)
(XXXVII)
Figure imgf000063_0001
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxy! [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
Figure imgf000063_0002
#STR66# means wherein W can be C or N;
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
Wherein
O
#STR100#means
#STR77#means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000064_0002
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is
Figure imgf000064_0003
(C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R7 is hydroxyl or #STR66# and at least one W is a N and optionally: b) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#; [091] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 3:
Figure imgf000065_0001
[092] Non-limiting examples of Formula 3 include:
(XXXVIII)
(XXXIX)
Figure imgf000065_0002
Figure imgf000065_0003
(
Figure imgf000066_0001
XLIII)
Figure imgf000066_0002
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxy! [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], wherein
#STR66# means
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein R13 is #STR100#, #STR77# or #STR99#
Wherein:
#STR100# means
#STR77# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000067_0002
t or
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (C-i.C^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that a) R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-10 is #STR66#; and /or b) R7 is #STR66#.
[093] Disclosed herein are methods for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000068_0001
Formula IV wherein:
X is selected from CR11, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than R14;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R10, R11, R12, R13, Ru, R17 and Ri8 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, aikyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, Rio> R11. R12, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri8 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z1, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond, then at least one of R5, R6, Re and R9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
[094] An alternative embodiment provides isoflavanoid compounds of Formula 4:
Figure imgf000069_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R17 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C22)BlKyI, (C2- C22)alkenyl, (C1-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#,
#STR100#, wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 4:
Figure imgf000070_0001
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000070_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
X can be CH, CH2, CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above Y can be CH, CH2, CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
Figure imgf000071_0001
R15
R15. O
#STR88# is or
R15 0-R15
R15v R15V o=( 0=(
N-H N-R16 NH NH
#STR99# is or o s
#STR100# is
R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (Ci.C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 4 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
R8 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
R8 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid;
R8 is #STR55#;
R8 and R3 are #STR55#;
R8 and R3 are hydroxyls; and
R8 is #STR66#.
[095] Another embodiment provides for compounds of Formula 4 wherein:
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R-10 is #STR66#;
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99; and
R8 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N. [096] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 4 include:
(XLV)
Figure imgf000073_0001
(
Figure imgf000073_0002
XLVII)
(XLVIII)
Figure imgf000073_0003
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R17 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i.C22)alkyl, (C2- C22)alkenyl, (C1-C22)SIkVnVl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O- glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100#, wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[097] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 4:
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein the same applies to any W;
or
Figure imgf000076_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
X can be CH, CH2, CR11 , CR13, CHR11 , CHR13, CR11 R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH1 NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Y can be CH, CH2, CR12, CR14, CHR12, CHR14, CR11 R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR11 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Z can be a single, double bond or triple bond, with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X
and Y above wherein
R15 OH NH,
^R15 <_K ^R15 I I I
S ^S O=S=O O=S=O O=S=O
#STR55# is
Figure imgf000077_0001
R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C1-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCb, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 4 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
R8 is a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#;
R8 is #STR66#; one of R1-R10 is a monoester; one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid;
R8 is #STR55#;
R8 and R3 are #STR55#;
R8 and R3 are hydroxyls; and
R8 is #STR66#.
[098] Another embodiment provides for compounds of Formula 4 wherein:
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R-10 is #STR66#;
R8 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R7 and R9-R10 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99; and
R8 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
[099] Another alternative embodiment provides isoflavanoid compounds of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000078_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[0100] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5:
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000079_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000080_0001
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#,
Wherein
#STR77#means
#STR88#means
#STR99#means
Figure imgf000080_0002
, or
O
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[0101] Another alternative embodiment provides compounds comprising the isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000081_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. [0102] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000082_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000082_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C1 CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein #STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000083_0001
.
0
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl; OR b) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[0103] Another embodiment provides compounds comprising the isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000083_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C^-C^alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[0104] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000084_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000085_0002
, or ;
O
#STR100# means R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and R12 is (Ci.C22)alky1. (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[0105] Another alternative embodiment provides compounds comprising the general isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000086_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2.C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5.
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000087_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000087_0002
wherein
X can be O1 S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond Wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#,
Wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000088_0001
.
O
#STR100# means
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66#; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1 -10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
[0106] Another alternative embodiment provides compounds comprising the general isoflavonoid structure of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000089_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O- sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons. The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5.
Figure imgf000089_0002
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000090_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000090_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond
Wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#,
Wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000090_0003
, or #STR100# means
Figure imgf000091_0001
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[0107] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 5 include:
Figure imgf000091_0002
(LVII)
(LVIII)
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000092_0002
Figure imgf000093_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9, R10, R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of (C-tX^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, Bromide [Br], Iodide [I], methoxy [OCH3], ethoxy [OCH2CH3], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100# wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[0108] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 5:
Figure imgf000093_0002
the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000094_0001
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
Figure imgf000094_0002
wherein
X can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Y can be O, S, C, CR13, or NR13;
Z can be a single or a double bond wherein
R13 is #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, or #STR100#, wherein
#STR77# means
#STR88# means
#STR99# means
Figure imgf000094_0003
#STR100# means
Figure imgf000095_0001
R11 is pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine; and
R12 is (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C^-C^alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 5 compounds have one at least one of the following groups of provisos:
1 ) with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; e) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#
2) with the proviso that; a) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one W is a N and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and/or; d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#
3) with the proviso that; a) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl; or b) at least one of R1-10 is selected from #STR77# or #STR88# or #STR99#, and R8 is a hydroxyl, and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1 -R10 is #STR66#.
4) with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66#; or b) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66# and if R8 is a hydroxyl at least one of (R1- R7 and R9-R10) is #STR66# and optionally; c) at least one W is a N, and/or; d) at least one of R1-10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#.
5) with the proviso that; a) R8 is a hydroxyl or #STR66#, and b) at least one W is a N, and c) at least one of R1 -10 is #STR77#, or #STR88#, or #STR99#, and d) at least one of R1-R10 is #STR66#.
[0109] Another alternative embodiment provides polyphenol compounds of Formula 6:
Figure imgf000097_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alky1> (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I] fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid (-SO3H), phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucoronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100#, wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[0110] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 6:
Figure imgf000098_0001
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000098_0002
wherein the same applies to any W: wherein
X can be CH, CH2, CR17, CR18, CHR17, CHR18, CR17R18, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR17 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Y ean be CH, CH2, CR15 CR16, CHR15, CHR16, CR15R16, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR15 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Z can be a single or double bond with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000099_0002
R21
R21 s ^
0
#STR88# is or 21
Figure imgf000099_0003
0 S
#STR100# is
R21 and R12 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C-i-C^alkyl. (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid (-SO3H), phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein Formula 6 compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
R7 and R12 are a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR66#;
R7 is #STR66#;
R12 is #STR66#; one of R1-R14 is a monoester; one of R1-R14 is a succinic acid; one of R1-R14 is a dicarboxylic acid;
R7 is #STR55#;
R12 is #STR55#;
R7 and R12 are #STR55#; and
[0111] Another embodiment provides for compounds of Formula 6 wherein:
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR66#;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# and #STR99#;
R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
[0112] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula 6 include: (LXIlI)
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000101_0002
(
Figure imgf000102_0001
LXVII)
(LXVIII)
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000103_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)Ql kynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxy! [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid (-SO3H), phosphate, O-sulfate [the sulfate conjugate], O-glucoronidate [the glucuronic (AKA glucuronic) acid conjugates], monoesters, dicaboxylic acid, #STR55#, #STR66#, #STR77#, #STR88#, #STR99#, #STR100#, wherein
W can be C or N; wherein when W is an nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom will only bind to three covalent bonds due to available valence electrons.
[0113] The structures below demonstrate a nitrogen arrangement of one embodiment of the compounds of Formula 6:
Figure imgf000104_0001
wherein the same applies to any W; or
Figure imgf000105_0001
wherein the same applies to any W:
wherein
X can be CH, CH2, CR17, CR18, CHR17, CHR18, CR17R18, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR17 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Y can be CH, CH2, CR15 CR16, CHR15, CHR16, CR15R16, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NR15 with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above
Z can be a single or double bond with the proviso that X and Y do not exceed the number of valence electrons available as per definitions of X and Y above wherein
R21 OH NH,
,R21 O-. ,R21 I I I 2
O=S=O O=S=O O=S=O
#STR55# is or
Figure imgf000105_0002
Figure imgf000106_0001
R21 and R12 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, ^.C^alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl [OH], acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amides, carbamates, halogen, bromide [Br], iodide [I], fluoride [F], chloride [Cl], CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid [-SO3H], phosphate, or a derivative thereof, wherein said derivative is optionally substituted and optionally branched, and may have one or more of the C atoms replaced by S, N or O; wherein compounds have at least one proviso selected from the following:
R7 and R12 are a hydroxyl; at least one W is a N; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# or #STR99#; at least one of R1-R14 is #STR66#;
R7 is #STR66#;
R12 is #STR66# one of R1-R14 is a monoester; one of R1-R14 is a succinic acid; one of R1-R14 is a dicarboxylic acid;
R7 is #STR55#;
R12 is #STR55#
R7 and R12 are #STR55#; and
[0114] Another embodiment provides for compounds of Formula 6 wherein:
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one W is a N;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR66#;
R7 is a hydroxyl and at least one of R1-R6 and R8-R14 is #STR77#, #STR88# and #STR99#;
R7 is #STR66# and at least one W is a N.
[0115] The following is a list of specific exemplary embodiments are encompassed by the invention:
1. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000107_0001
Formula I
wherein:
X is selected from CR11, CR11R13, CO1 CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, ' wherein R1-I may be the same or different than R-I3;
Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R-J4;
Rii R2> R31 R4> R51 Rβi R7, Rs> R9, R10, Rii > R12. Ri3> R14 and R17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, Ri1, R12, R-13, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is O and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z1, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Z1 is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R10 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
2. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein X is O and Y is CO.
3. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein at least one W is N.
4. The method of embodiment 3, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 5. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Rδ, R7, Re, Rg, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
6. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re, R7, Re, Rg. R10, R11, R12, Ri3, R-i4 and R17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
7. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
8. The method of embodiment 7, wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, Rg, R1O, R11, Ri2, R13, Ri4 and R17 is a nicotinate ester.
9. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein at least one W in the A ring of Formula I is N.
10. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
11. The method of embodiment 10, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
12. The method of embodiment 10, wherein at least one W is N.
13. The method of embodiment 12, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
14. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein Z1 and Z3 are single bonds, and
Z2 is a double bond. 15. The method of embodiment 14, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
16. The method of embodiment 14, wherein at least one W is N.
17. The method of embodiment 16, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
18. The method of embodiment 14, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
19. The method of embodiment 18, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 20. The method of embodiment 18, wherein at least one W is N. 21.The method of embodiment 20, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 22. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein
X is selected from CRn, CRnR13, CO, CS, and O; and Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, S, SO, SO2, and NR12.
23. The method of embodiment 22, wherein at least one W is N.
24. The method of embodiment 22, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
25. The method of embodiment 24, wherein at least one W is N. 26. The method of embodiment 22, wherein Zi and Z3 are single bonds, and
Z2 is a double bond.
27. The method of embodiment 26, wherein at least one W is N. 28. The method of embodiment 26, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and Re and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen. 29. The method of embodiment 28, wherein at least one W is N. 30. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein Formula I has the structure:
Figure imgf000111_0001
31.The method of embodiment 30, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
32. The method of embodiment 30, wherein at least one W is N.
33. The method of embodiment 32, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
34. The method of embodiment 30, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re. R7, Re, R9. R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate. 35. The method of embodiment 30, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
36. The method of embodiment 30, wherein at least one of R1, R2, Rβ, R4, R5,
Re, R7, Re, R9, R-io, R-11, R12, R13, Ri4 and R17Js selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
37. The method of embodiment 36, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re, R7> Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, R-π and R17 is a nicotinate ester.
38. The method of embodiment 30, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-suIfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
39. The method of embodiment 38, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 40. The method of embodiment 38, wherein at least one W is N.
41. The method of embodiment 40, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
42. The method of embodiment 30, wherein Z1 and Z3 are single bonds, and Z2 is a double bond.
43. The method of embodiment 42, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
44. The method of embodiment 42, wherein at least one W is N.
45. The method of embodiment 44, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
46. The method of embodiment 42, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Re are not both simultaneously hydrogen. 47. The method of embodiment 46, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 48. The method of embodiment 46, wherein at least one W is N. 49. The method of embodiment 48, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 50. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein Formula I has the structure:
Figure imgf000113_0001
51.The method of embodiment 50, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
52. The method of embodiment 50, wherein at least one W is N.
53. The method of embodiment 52, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
54. The method of embodiment 50, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Rε, R7, Re, R9, R-io, R-11, R12, Ri3, R-i4 and R17 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
55. The method of embodiment 50, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
R6, R7, Re, R9, R10, R-11, R-12, R-13, Ri4 and Ri7 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate. 56. The method of embodiment 50, wherein at least one of R1, R2, Rβ, R4, R5,
Re, R7. Rs, RΘ> R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
57. The method of embodiment 56, wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Rδ. R7, Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4and R17 is a nicotinate ester.
58. The method of embodiment 50, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that RQ and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
59. The method of embodiment 58, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 60. The method of embodiment 58, wherein at least one W is N. 61.The method of embodiment 60, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
62. The method of embodiment 50, wherein Zi and Z3 are single bonds, and Z2 is a double bond.
63. The method of embodiment 62, wherein X is O and Y is CO. 64. The method of embodiment 62, wherein at least one W is N.
65. The method of embodiment 64, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
66. The method of embodiment 62, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R& and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O-
glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Rε and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
67. The method of embodiment 66, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
68. The method of embodiment 66, wherein at least one W is N.
69. The method of embodiment 68, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
70. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein Formula I has the structure:
Figure imgf000115_0001
71.The method of embodiment 70, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
72. The method of embodiment 70, wherein at least one W is N.
73. The method of embodiment 72, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
74. The method of embodiment 70, wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3, R4, Rs,
Re, R7, Rδ, R9, R10, R111 R12, R-I3, Ri4 and Ri7 is selected from O-sulfate and O- glucoronidate.
75. The method of embodiment 70, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Rδ, R7, Rδ> RΘ. R10, R11. R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate. 76. The method of embodiment 70, wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re, R7, Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 ^nd R17 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone.
77. The method of embodiment 76, wherein at least one of R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5,
Re, R7, Re, R9, R10, R11, Ri2> Ri3> Ri4 ^nd R17 is a nicotinate ester.
78. The method of embodiment 70, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and Re and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen. 79. The method of embodiment 78, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
80. The method of embodiment 78, wherein at least one W is N. 81.The method of embodiment 80, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
82. The method of embodiment 70, wherein Zi and Z3 are single bonds, and Z2 is a double bond.
83. The method of embodiment 84, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
84. The method of embodiment 84, wherein at least one W is N.
85. The method of embodiment 86, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO. 86. The method of embodiment 82, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate, and O- glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that RQ and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
87. The method of embodiment 86, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
88. The method of embodiment 86, wherein at least one W is N.
89. The method of embodiment 88, wherein X is CRn, Rn is hydrogen and Y is CO.
90. The method of embodiment 70, wherein Formula I is selected from Formulae IA-ID:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Formula IA Formula IB
Figure imgf000117_0002
91. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
92. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
93. The method of embodiment 92, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
94. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is 2- (4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
95. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the compound is 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1 -one.
96. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the compound is 4-isoquinolin-3- yl-phenol.
97.A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000118_0001
Formula Il wherein:
X is selected from CH2, CHR11, CHR13, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH and NR11, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13; Y is selected from CH2, CHRi2, CHR14, CRi2Ri4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH and NRi2, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than Ri4;
Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, Rg, R-io, Rn, R12, R13, Ri4 and Ri7 are each independently selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, monoester, dicarboxylic acid, J, K, L, M, P and Q; each W is independently selected from C and N;
Z2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond;
J is selected from and
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000119_0002
L is selected from
M is selected from
Figure imgf000119_0003
P is selected from
Figure imgf000120_0001
o S
Q is selected from ^J- and ^^ ;
R-I5 and Ri6 are each independently selected from (C1-C22)alkyl, (C2- C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid and phosphate; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from:
1 ) R7 is hydroxyl;
2) at least one W is N;
3) at least one of R1-R10 is selected from L, M and P;
4) at least one of R1-R10 is selected from K;
5) R7 is K;
6) one of R1-R10 is a monoester;
7) one of R1-R10 is a dicarboxylic acid;
8) one of RrR-io 's succinic acid;
9) R7 and R2 are each hydroxyl;
10) R7 is selected from J; and
11 ) R7 and R2 are each selected from J.
98. The method of embodiment 97, wherein if proviso 1 is selected, a second proviso is selected from provisos 2-4 and 6-9.
99. The method of embodiment 97, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least one W is N. 100. The method of embodiment 97, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least
one of Ri-Rβ and Rs-R-io is K.
101. The method of embodiment 97, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least
one of RrRθ and R8-RiO is selected from L, M and P.
102. The method of embodiment 97, wherein R7 is K and at least one W
is N.
103. The method of embodiment 97, wherein Y is selected from CH2, CHR12, CHR14, CR12R14, CO, CS, S, SO, SO2, NH and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14.
104. The method of embodiment 97, wherein the compound of Formula Ii is 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
105. The method of embodiment 97, wherein Formula Il is selected from Formulae MA-IIS:
Figure imgf000121_0001
Formula MA Formula HB
Figure imgf000121_0002
Formula HC Formula HD
Figure imgf000122_0001
Formula NE Formula HF
Figure imgf000122_0002
Formula NG Formula HH
Figure imgf000122_0003
Formula IU Formula MK
Figure imgf000122_0004
Formula NL Formula NM
Figure imgf000123_0001
Formula MN Formula NO
Figure imgf000123_0002
Formula IIP Formula HQ
Figure imgf000123_0003
Formula MR Formula NS.
106. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from Formulae MT to NW:
Figure imgf000123_0004
Formula HT Formula IHJ
Figure imgf000124_0001
Formula HW wherein:
R-I. R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Rs, R9, and R10 are independently selected from (Ci- C22)alkyl, (C^.C^alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F, and G;
R7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
Figure imgf000124_0002
0^0
D is
E is selected from
Figure imgf000124_0003
ancj
F is selected from
Figure imgf000124_0004
Figure imgf000124_0005
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from
1) at least one W is N;
2) at least one of Ri_6 and R8--I0 is selected from D, E and F; and
3) at least one of R-ι-6 and R8-io is selected from K.
107. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000125_0001
Formula wherein:
Ri> R2, R3, R4. R5. Re, Re, RΘ, and R10 are each independently selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F and G;
R7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
Z2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond;
X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NRn;
Y is selected from O, S, C, CR12 and NR12;
R11 and R12 are each independently selected from D, E, F, and G;
Figure imgf000126_0001
E
Figure imgf000126_0002
is selected from and
F is selected from
Figure imgf000126_0003
and
Figure imgf000126_0004
Figure imgf000126_0005
R-I5 is selected from pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine; R-16 is selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from
1 ) at least one W is N;
2) at least one of R-ι-6 and R8-io is selected from D, E and F; and
3) at least one of R-ι-6 and R8-io is selected from K.
108. The method of embodiment 107, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least one of R-1-6 and Rs-io is selected from K.
109. The method of embodiment 108, subject to at least one proviso selected from
1) at least one W is N; and
2) at least one of R-ι-6 and Rs-io is selected from D, E and F. 110. The method of embodiment 107, wherein at least one W is N, at least one of Ri-6 and R8-io is selected from D, E and F, and at least one of Ri-6 and R8-10 is selected from K.
111. The method of embodiment 107, wherein X is O, Y is CRi2, and Ri2 is G.
112. The method of embodiment 107, wherein the compound of Formula III is 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
113. The method of embodiment 107, wherein Formula III is selected from Formulae IHA-I
Figure imgf000127_0001
Formula INA Formula NIB
Figure imgf000127_0002
Formula INC Formula HID
Figure imgf000127_0003
Formula INE Formula IHF
Figure imgf000128_0001
Formula ING Formula INH wherein R13 and R14 are each independently selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F and G.
114. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000128_0002
Formula wherein
R-i, R2, R3, R4, R5, RΘ, Rs, R9 and R10 are each independently selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, and O-glucoronidate;
R7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N; Z2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond;
X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NR11;
Y is selected from O, S, C1 CR12 and NR12;
R11 and R12 are each independently selected from D, F and G;
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000129_0002
F is selected from
Figure imgf000129_0003
Figure imgf000129_0004
wherein if R7 is hydroxyl, then at least one W is N and at least one of R-i.6 and Rs-10 is selected from K, and wherein if R7 is K, then at least one W is N.
115. The method of embodiment 114, wherein X is O, Y is CRi2, and R12 is G.
116. The method of embodiment 114, wherein Formula III has the structure:
Figure imgf000130_0001
117. The method of embodiment 114, wherein Formula III is selected from Formulae IHJ to NIP:
Figure imgf000130_0002
Formula IHJ Formula INK
Figure imgf000130_0003
Formula NIL
Figure imgf000130_0004
Figure imgf000130_0005
Formula IHO
Figure imgf000131_0001
Formula NIP.
118. The method of embodiment 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from
5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, 5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, 2-(3,5-Difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, 2-(4-Hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)chromen-4-one, 2-(5-Methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one, 2-(5-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one, 2-(6-Hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one, 2-Pyridin-4-yl-chromen-4-one, 2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one, 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one, 2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4H-chromen-4-one, 4-(6-Bromo-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl acetate, 1-(2-Nitro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, 2-(4-Hydroxy-2-nitrophenyl)chromen-4-one, 2-(2-Amino-4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, 2-(2-Amino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, Λ/-[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]acetamide, 6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(2-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-8-nitro-4H-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-8-methoxy-4H-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4H-chromen-4-one, -(3-Bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-carbonitrile, -(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, -(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-sulfonic acid, -Hydroxymethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, -((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydrophenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, -Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, -Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, ,7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, ,7-Dihydroxy-2-phenyl-chromen-4-one, -Hydroxy-2-phenyl-chromen-4-one, -(4-Acetoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one, -(4-Acetoxy-phenyl)-1 , 1 -dioxo-1 H-1 λ6-thiochromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyI)-1 ,1-dioxo-1 H-1λ6-thiochromen-4-one, ,7-Dimethoxy-2-(4'-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one, ,7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)benzonitrile, -(3-Chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(3-Bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridine 7-oxide, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine 8-oxide, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridine-6-oxide, -((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -(2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)acetonitrile, -(Hydroxymethyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one, -(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1 ,6-naphthyridin-5(6H)-one, -(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methoxyisoquinolin-1(2H)-one, -Fluoro-4-(5-methoxy-1-(methylamino)isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol, -Naphthalen-2-yl-phenol, -Naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)naphthalene-1-ol, -lsoquinoIin-3-yl-phenol, -(1 ,6-Naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-[1 ,4]naphthoquinone, 4-(Benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenyl acetate,
4-(Benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenol,
4-(4H-Chromen-2-yl)-phenol,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one,
6-Naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol,
2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyloxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester, nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester,
Acetic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester,
4-(4-Oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)phenyl acetate,
2-Amino-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl ester,
4-(lsoquinolin-3-y!)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate,
4-(1 -Oxo-1 ,2-dihydroisoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate,
2-(4-(Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxochroman-5,7-diyl dinicotinate, and
2-(4-(Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-5,7-diyl dinicotinate.
119. A method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000134_0001
Formula I wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13; Y is selected from CR12, CR12Ri4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than R14;
R-I, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re. R7. Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
two adjacent substituents selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; ,
Z-i, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Z1 is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R1O is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof. 120. The method of embodiment 119, wherein the cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder is selected from acute coronary syndrome, angina pectoris, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, carotid atherosclerosis, cerebrovascular disease, cerebral infarction, congestive heart failure, congenital heart disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, coronary plaque stabilization, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, endothelium dysfunctions, familial hypercholeasterolemia, familial combined hyperlipidemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, intermittent claudication, ischemia, ischemia reperfusion injury, ischemic heart diseases, multi-infarct dementia, myocardial infarction, peripheral vascular disease, restenosis, renal artery atherosclerosis, rheumatic heart disease, stroke, thrombotic disorder, transitory ischemic attacks, and lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's disease, obesity, diabetes mellitus, syndrome X and impotence.
121. The method of embodiment 118, wherein treating or preventing a cholesterol disorder comprises decreasing blood cholesterol levels.
122. The method of embodiment 118, wherein treating or preventing a cholesterol disorder comprises increasing blood ApoA-l levels.
123. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
124. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
125. The method of embodiment 124, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
126. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the compound of Formula I is 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
127. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the compound is 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one.
128. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the compound is 4- isoquinolin-3-yl-phenol. 129. A compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000137_0001
Formula I wherein
X is selected from CRn, CRnRi3, CO, O, N and NRn, wherein Rn may be the same or different than Ri3;
Y is selected from CR12, CRi2Ri4, CO, O, N and NRi2, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14;
Ri. R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Rs, R9, R10, R11, Ri2> Ri3> Ri4 and Ri7are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
two adjacent substituents selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, RΘ, Re, Rει> R10, R11, Ri2, R13, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; at least one W is N;
Zi, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R10 is not hydroxyl or ester; wherein if a W in the C ring is selected from N and NRi0,
Z1 is a double bond, and
R5, Re, Rs, and R9 are each hydrogen, then R7 is not hydroxyl or alkoxy; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof.
130. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein R7 is hydroxyl.
131. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein at least one W in the A ring is N.
132. The compound of embodiment 131 , wherein X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond.
133. The compound of embodiment 132, wherein R5, R6, Rs, Rg and R10 are each hydrogen.
134. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein at least one W in the B ring is N.
135. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein the W in the C ring is selected from N and NR10, where R10 is selected from hydrogen and methyl.
136. The compound of embodiment 135, wherein Zi is a double bond.
137. The compound of embodiment 136, wherein Z3 is a double bond and the W in the A ring is N.
138. The compound of embodiment 135, wherein Rs is halogen.
139. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3 and R4 is alkoxy.
140. The compound of embodiment 129, wherein Y is CRi2 and R12 is amino. 141. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of embodiment 129 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
142. A method of increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of embodiment 129.
143. A method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of embodiment 129.
144. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000139_0001
Formula IV wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CRnR13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14;
Ri, R2, Rs, R4, Rs, Re, R?, Rs, Rg, R10, R11, Ri2, R13, Ri4, R17 and R18 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R-11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri8 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Zi, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO;
wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond, then at least one of R5, R6, R8 and Rg is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
145. The method of embodiment 14, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
146. The method of embodiment 14, wherein at least one W is N.
147. The method of embodiment 146, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
148. The method of embodiment 146, wherein at least one W in the A ring of Formula IV is N.
149. The method of embodiment 14, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen. 150. The method of embodiment 149, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
151. The method of embodiment 149, wherein at least one W is N.
152. The method of embodiment 151 , wherein X is O and Y is CO.
153. The method of embodiment 14, wherein Z1 and Z3 are single bonds, and Z2 is a double bond.
154. The method of embodiment 153, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
155. The method of embodiment 153, wherein at least one W is N.
156. The method of embodiment 155, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
157. The method of embodiment 153, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
158. The method of embodiment 157, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
159. The method of embodiment 157, wherein at least one W is N.
160. The method of embodiment 159, wherein X is O and Y is CO.
161. The method of embodiment 14, wherein
X is selected from CRn, CR11Ri3, CO, CS, and O; and
Y is selected from CR12, CR12Ri4, S, SO, SO2, and NR12.
162. The method of embodiment 161 , wherein at least one W is N.
163. The method of embodiment 161 , wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and R8 are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that R6 and R8 are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
164. The method of embodiment 163, wherein at least one W is N.
165. The method of embodiment 161 , wherein Z1 and Z3 are single bonds, and Z2 is a double bond.
166. The method of embodiment 165, wherein at least one W is N.
167. The method of embodiment 165, wherein R7 is hydroxyl, and R6 and Rs are independently selected from arylalkyl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyaryl, ketone, perfluoroalkyl, perfluorocycloalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate, subject to the proviso that Re and Rs are not both simultaneously hydrogen.
168. The method of embodiment 167, wherein at least one W is N.
169. The method of embodiment 14, wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3,
R4, R5, Re, R7, Re, R9, R-10, Rii» R12, R13, R14, R17 and R18 is selected from O-sulfate and O-glucoronidate.
170. The method of embodiment 14, wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3,
R4, R5, RΘ, R7, R8, R9, R10, R111 Ri2> R-I3. R14, R17 and R18 is selected from succinate, D-argininate, L-argininate, L-lysinate and D-lysinate.
171. The method of embodiment 14, wherein at least one of R1 , R2, R3,
R4, R5, Re, R7, Re. R9, R10, R11. Ri2i Ri3, RH R17 and R18 is selected from amide, amino, carbamate, carboxy, ester, ether, formyl, and ketone. 172. The method of embodiment 171 , wherein at least one Of R1, R2, R3,
R4, R5, R6, R7, Rδ, RΘ> R10, R-11, R12, Ri3, Ri4, R17 and Ri8 is a nicotinate ester.
173. The method of embodiment 14, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
174. The method of embodiment 14, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula IV is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
175. The method of embodiment 16, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
176. The method of embodiment 14, wherein the compound of Formula IV is 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
177. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula V:
Figure imgf000143_0001
Formula V wherein
X is selected from CH2, CHR11, CHR13, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2,
NH and NRi1, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13; Y is selected from CH2, CHR12, CHR14, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, NH and NR12, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than Ri4;
Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13. Ri4, R17 and R18 are each independently selected from (C-i-C^alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, thioketone, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, monoester, dicarboxylic acid, J, K, L, M, P and Q; each W is independently selected from C and N;
Z2 is selected from a single bond and a double bond;
J is selected from
Figure imgf000144_0001
and
NH2 O=S=O
Figure imgf000144_0002
L is selected from
Figure imgf000144_0003
M is selected from
Figure imgf000144_0004
P is selected from
Figure imgf000145_0001
; o s
Q is selected from -~A-^ and ^X^ .
Ri5 and R16 are each independently selected from (Ci_C22)alkyl, (C2- C22)alkenyl, (C2-C22)alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, benzyl, phenyl, carbonyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyi, aminoalkyl, amide, carbamate, halogen, CF3, CCI3, sulfonic acid and phosphate; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from:
1 ) R7 is hydroxyl;
2) at least one W is N;
3) at least one of RrR10 is selected from L, M and P;
4) at least one of R1-RiO is selected from K;
5) R7 is K;
6) one of R1-RiO is a monoester;
7) one of RrR1O is a dicarboxylic acid;
8) one of R1-R10 is succinic acid;
9) R7 and R2 are each hydroxyl; and
10) R7 is selected from J.
178. The method of embodiment 177, wherein if proviso 1 is selected, a second proviso is selected from provisos 2-4 and 6-9.
179. The method of embodiment 177, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least one W is N. 180. The method of embodiment 177, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least
one of Ri-Rβ and Re-R1O is K.
181. The method of embodiment 177, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least
one of RrRβ and R8-RiO is selected from L, M and P.
182. The method of embodiment 177, wherein R7 is K and at least one W is N.
183. The method of embodiment 177, wherein Y is selected from CH2, CHR12, CHR-14, CR12Ri4, CO, CS, S, SO, SO2, NH and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14.
184. The method of embodiment 177, wherein Formula V is selected from Formulae VA to VK:
Figure imgf000146_0001
Formula VA Formula VB
Figure imgf000146_0002
Formula VC Formula VD
Figure imgf000147_0001
Formula VE
Figure imgf000147_0003
Figure imgf000147_0002
Formula VG Formula VH
Figure imgf000147_0004
Formula VJ Formula VK.
185. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula Vl:
Figure imgf000147_0005
Formula Vl wherein:
Ri, R2. R3, R4. R5. Re, Re, R9, and R10 are independently selected from (Ci- C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F, and G;
R7 is selected from hydroxyl and K; each W is independently selected from C and N;
X is selected from O, S, C, CRn and NRn;
Y is selected from O, S, C, CRi2 and NRi2;
R11 and Ri2 are each independently selected from D, E, F, and G;
Figure imgf000148_0001
0^5/0
D is
E is selected from
Figure imgf000148_0002
and
F is selected from and
Figure imgf000148_0003
O
G is ^JU- .
Ri5 is selected from pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine; R-16 is selected from (Ci-C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; subject to at least one proviso selected from
1 ) at least one W is N;
2) at least one of Ri-6 and R8-i0 is selected from D, E and F; and
3) at least one of Ri_6 and R8-io is selected from K.
186. The method of embodiment 185, wherein R7 is hydroxyl and at least one of Ri-6 and R8-io is selected from K.
187. The method of embodiment 186, subject to at least one proviso selected from
1 ) at least one W is N; and
2) at least one of Ri-6 and R8-io is selected from D, E and F.
188. The method of embodiment 185, wherein at least one W is N, at least one of R-i-6 and Rs-io is selected from D, E and F, and at least one of Ri_6 and Rs-io is selected from K.
189. The method of embodiment 185, wherein X is O, Y is CR12, and R12 is G.
190. The method of embodiment 185, wherein Formula Vl is selected from Formulae VIA-VIH:
Figure imgf000149_0001
Formula VIA Formula VIB
Figure imgf000150_0001
Formula VIC Formula VID
Figure imgf000150_0002
Formula VIE Formula VIF
Figure imgf000150_0003
Formula VIG Formula VIH wherein R13 and Ri4 are each independently selected from (Ci.C22)alkyl, (C2-C22)alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, acetyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, bromide, iodide, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoride, chloride, CF3, CCI3, phosphate, O-sulfate, O-glucoronidate, K, D, E, F and G.
191. A method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000151_0001
Formula IV wherein:
X is selected from CRn, CRnRi3, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, wherein Ri1 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CR12, CRi2Ri4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NRi2, wherein Ri2 may be the same or different than Ri4;
R-I, R2> R3, R4, R5, Re, R7> Re, Rθi R10, Rn, R12, Ri3, R14. R17 and R18 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri8 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z-I, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond, then at least one of R5, R6, R8 and R9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
192. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein the cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder is selected from acute coronary syndrome, angina pectoris, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, carotid atherosclerosis, cerebrovascular disease, cerebral infarction, congestive heart failure, congenital heart disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, coronary plaque stabilization, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, endothelium dysfunctions, familial hypercholeasterolemia, familial combined hyperlipidemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, intermittent claudication, ischemia, ischemia reperfusion injury, ischemic heart diseases, multi-infarct dementia, myocardial infarction, peripheral vascular disease, restenosis, renal artery atherosclerosis, rheumatic heart disease, stroke, thrombotic disorder, transitory ischemic attacks, and lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's disease, obesity, diabetes mellitus, syndrome X and impotence.
193. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein treating or preventing a cholesterol disorder comprises decreasing blood cholesterol levels.
194. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein treating or preventing a cholesterol disorder comprises increasing blood ApoA-l levels.
195. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula IV is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. 196. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula IV is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
197. The method of embodiment 196, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
198. The method of embodiment 191 , where in the therapeutically effective amount of compound of Formula IV is sufficient to establish a_ concentration range from about 1 mg/kg to 30 mg/kg in the mammal.
199. The method of embodiment 191 , wherein the compound of Formula IV is 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
Pharmaceutical Formulations and Methods of Treatment
[0116] The present disclosure also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, buccal and parenteral (e.g. subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, or intravenous) administration, although the most suitable form of administration in any given case will depend on the degree and severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the particular compound being used.
[0117] Formulations suitable for oral administration may be presented in discrete units, such as capsules, cachets, lozenges, or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the compound as powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water or water-in- oil emulsion. As indicated, such formulations may be prepared by any suitable method of pharmacy which includes the step of bringing into association the active compound and the carrier or excipient (which may constitute one or more accessory ingredients). The carrier must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and must not be deleterious to the recipient. The carrier may be a solid or a liquid, or both, and may be formulated with the compound as a unit-dose formulation, for example, a tablet, which may contain from 0.05% to 95% by weight of the active compound. Other pharmacologically active substances may also be present including other compounds. The formulations of the invention may be prepared by any of the well known techniques of pharmacy consisting essentially of admixing the components.
[0118] For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. Liquid pharmacologically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc., an active compound as described herein and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in an excipient, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension. In general, suitable formulations may be prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active compound with a liquid or finely divided solid carrier, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. For example, a tablet may be prepared by compressing or molding a powder or granules of the compound, optionally with one or more assessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the compound in a free-flowing form, such as a powder or granules optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent and/or surface active/dispersing agent(s). Molded tablets may be made by molding, in a suitable machine, the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
[0119] Formulations suitable for buccal (sub-lingual) administration include lozenges comprising a compound in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the compound in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
[0120] Formulations of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise sterile aqueous preparations of the compounds, which are approximately isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. These preparations are administered intravenously, although administration may also be effected by means of subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intradermal injection. Such preparations may conveniently be prepared by admixing the compound with water and rendering the resulting solution sterile and isotonic with the blood. Injectable compositions according to the invention may contain from 0.1 to 5% w/w of the active compound.
[0121] Formulations suitable for rectal administration are presented as unit- dose suppositories. These may be prepared by admixing the compound with one or more conventional solid carriers, for example, cocoa butter, and then shaping the resulting mixture.
[0122] Formulations suitable for topical application to the skin may take the form of an ointment, cream, lotion, paste, gel, spray, aerosol, or oil. Carriers and excipients which may be used include Vaseline, lanoline, polyethylene glycols, alcohols, and combinations of two or more thereof. The active compound is generally present at a concentration of from about 0.1 % to about 15% w/w of the composition, for example, from about 0.5 to about 2%. [0123] The amount of active compound administered may be dependent on the subject being treated, the subject's weight, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician. For example, a dosing schedule may involve the daily or semi-daily administration of the encapsulated compound at a perceived dosage of about 1 μg to about 1000 mg. In another embodiment, intermittent administration, such as on a monthly or yearly basis, of a dose of the encapsulated compound may be employed. Encapsulation facilitates access to the site of action and allows the administration of the active ingredients simultaneously, in theory producing a synergistic effect. In accordance with standard dosing regimens, physicians will readily determine optimum dosages and will be able to readily modify administration to achieve such dosages.
[0124] A therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition disclosed herein can be measured by the therapeutic effectiveness of the compound. Compounds of the invention may be administered in a dose of about 1 μg/kg to about 200 mg/kg daily; such as from about 1 μg/kg to about 150 mg/kg, from about 1 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, from about 1 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 1 μg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, from about 50 μg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, from about 10 μg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, from about 10 μg/kg to about 100 μg/kg, from about 100 μg to about 10 mg/kg, and from about 500 μg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. The dosages, however, may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, and the compound being used. In one embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound is sufficient to establish a maximal plasma concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM , e.g., from about 1 μM to about 20 μM. Preliminary doses as, for example, determined according to animal tests, and the scaling of dosages for human administration is performed according to art-accepted practices.
[0125] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferable.
[0126] The therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the therapeutic which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture assays or animal models. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. The effects of any particular dosage can be monitored by a suitable bioassay. Examples of dosages are: about 0.1 x IC50, about 0.5 x IC50, about 1 x IC50, about 5 x IC50, 10 x IC50, about 5Ox IC50, and about 100 x IC50.
[0127] Data obtained from the cell culture assays or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. Therapeutically effective dosages achieved in one animal model may be converted for use in another animal, including humans, using conversion factors known in the art (see, e.g., Freireich et al., Cancer Chemother. Reports 50(4):219-244 (1966) and Table 1 for Equivalent Surface Area Dosage Factors). Table 1
Figure imgf000158_0001
[0128] The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED5O with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. Generally, a therapeutically effective amount may vary with the subject's age, condition, and sex, as well as the severity of the medical condition in the subject. The dosage may be determined by a physician and adjusted, as necessary, to suit observed effects of the treatment.
[0129] In one embodiment, a compound as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, is administered in combination with another therapeutic agent. The other therapeutic agent can provide additive or synergistic value relative to the administration of a flavanoid or isoflavanoid compound alone. The therapeutic agent can be, for example, a statin; a PPAR agonist, e.g., a thiazolidinedione or fibrate; a bile-acid-binding-resin; a niacin; a RXR agonist; an anti-obesity drug; a hormone; a tyrophostine; a sulfonylurea-based drug; a biguanide; an alpha-glucosidase inhibitor; apolipoprotein E; a cardiovascular drug; an HDL-raising drug; an HDL enhancer; or a regulator of the apolipoprotein A- IV and/or apolipoprotein genes. [0130] In one embodiment, a method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound. The disclosed compound may be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, comprising a disclosed compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Another embodiment provides methods for the prevention of a cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a presently disclosed compound or composition.
[0131] Exemplary cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders include, but are not limited to acute coronary syndrome, angina pectoris, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, carotid atherosclerosis, cerebrovascular disease, cerebral infarction, congestive heart failure, congenital heart disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, coronary plaque stabilization, dyslipidemias, dyslipoproteinemias, endothelium dysfunctions, familial hypercholeasterolemia, familial combined hyperlipidemia, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, intermittent claudication, ischemia, ischemia reperfusion injury, ischemic heart diseases, multi-infarct dementia, myocardial infarction, peripheral vascular disease, restenosis, renal artery atherosclerosis, rheumatic heart disease, stroke, thrombotic disorder, transitory ischemic attacks, and lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's disease, obesity, diabetes mellitus, syndrome X and impotence.
[0132] As used herein, the term "cardiovascular disease" refers to diseases and disorders of the heart and circulatory system. These diseases are often associated with dyslipoproteinemias and/or dyslipidemias. "Endothelium dysfunction(s)" include, but are not limited to, dysfunctions affecting blood vessel elasticity; peripheral vascular disease; coronary heart disease; myocardial infarcation; cerebral infarction and restenosis. "Syndrome X" or "Metabolic Syndrome(s)" include, but are not limited to hypertension and dyslipidemia/dyslipoproteinemia.
[0133] In one embodiment, "treatment" or "treating" refers to an amelioration of a disease or disorder, or at least one discernible symptom thereof. In another embodiment, "treatment" or "treating" refers to an amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter, not necessarily discernible by the patient. In yet another embodiment, "treatment" or "treating" refers to inhibiting the progression of a disease or disorder, either physically, e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom, physiologically, e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter, or both. In yet another embodiment, "treatment" or "treating" refers to delaying the onset of a disease or disorder. For example, treating a cholesterol disorder may comprise decreasing blood cholesterol levels.
[0134] One embodiment provides a compound for administration to a patient, such as a human, as a preventative measure against cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder. As used herein, "prevention" or "preventing" refers to a reduction of the risk of acquiring a given disease or disorder. In another embodiment, the present compositions are administered as a preventative measure to a patient, such as a human having a genetic predisposition to, for example, a cardiovascular disease, a dyslipidemia, a dyslipoproteinemia, Alzheimer's Disease, hypertension, atherosclerosis, or inflammation. [0135] In another embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered as a preventative measure to a patient having a non-genetic predisposition to, for example, cardiovascular disease, a dyslipidemia, a dyslipoproteinemia, Alzheimer's Disease, hypertension, atherosclerosis, or inflammation. Examples of such non-genetic predispositions include, but are not limited to, cardiac bypass surgery and percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, which often leads to restenosis, an accelerated form of atherosclerosis; diabetes in women, which often leads to polycystic ovarian disease; and cardiovascular disease, which often leads to impotence. Accordingly, the present compositions may be used for the prevention of one disease or disorder and concurrently treating another (e.g., prevention of polycystic ovarian disease while treating diabetes; prevention of impotence while treating a cardiovascular disease).
[0136] Angioplasty and open heart surgery, such as coronary bypass surgery, may be required to treat cardivascular diseases, such as atherosclerosis. These surgical procedures entail using invasive surgical devices and/or implants, and are associated with a high risk of restenosis and thrombosis. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention may be used as coatings on surgical devices (e.g., catheters) and implants (e.g., stents) to reduce the risk of restenosis and thrombosis associated with invasive procedures used in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases.
[0137] The present invention provides methods for the treatment or prevention of a dyslipidemia comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a presently disclosed compound. In one embodiment, the compound is administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. As used herein, the term "dyslipidemias" refers to disorders that lead to or are manifested by aberrant levels of circulating lipids. To the extent that levels of lipids in the blood are too high, the disclosed compounds or compositions may be administered to a patient to restore normal levels. Normal levels of lipids are reported in medical treatises known to those of skill in the art.
[0138] Dyslipidemias which the disclosed compounds or compositions are useful for preventing or treating include but are not limited to hyperlipidemia and low blood levels of high density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol. Hyperlipidemia includes, but is not limited to, familial hypercholesterolemia; familial combined hyperlipidemia; reduced or deficient lipoprotein lipase levels or activity, including reductions or deficiencies resulting from lipoprotein lipase mutations; hypertriglyceridemia; hypercholesterolemia; high blood levels of ketone bodies (e.g., beta-OH butyric acid); high blood levels of Lp(a) cholesterol; high blood levels of low density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol; high blood levels of very low density lipoprotein (VLDL) cholesterol and high blood levels of non-esterified fatty acids.
[0139] One embodiment provides methods for altering lipid metabolism in a patient, e.g., increasing the ratio of HDL to LDL in the blood of a patient, comprising administering to the patient a composition of the invention in an amount effective alter lipid metabolism.
[0140] Another embodiment provides methods for the treatment or prevention of a dyslipoproteinemia comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or composition. As used herein, the term "dyslipoproteinemias" refers to disorders that lead to or are manifested by aberrant levels of circulating lipoproteins. To the extent that levels of lipoproteins in the blood are too high, the disclosed compounds or compositions are administered to a patient to restore normal levels. Conversely, to the extent that levels of lipoproteins in the blood are too low, the disclosed compounds or compositions are administered to a patient to restore normal levels. Normal levels of lipoproteins are reported in medical treatises known to those of skill in the art.
[0141] Dyslipoproteinemias which the disclosed compounds or compositions are useful for preventing or treating include, but are not limited to, high blood levels of LDL; high blood levels of apolipoprotein B (apo B); high blood levels of Lp(a); high blood levels of apo(a); high blood levels of VLDL; low blood levels of HDL; reduced or deficient lipoprotein lipase levels or activity, including reductions or deficiencies resulting from lipoprotein lipase mutations; hypoalphalipoproteinemia; lipoprotein abnormalities associated with diabetes mellitus; lipoprotein abnormalities associated with obesity; lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's Disease; and familial combined hyperlipidemia.
[0142] One embodiment provides methods for elevating the levels of HDL associated proteins, such as ApoA-l, in the blood of a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal a composition comprising a disclosed compound or composition in an amount effective to elevate levels of HDL associated proteins in the mammal.
[0143] Another embodiment provides methods for the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's Disease, hypertension, and/or atherosclerosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound or composition. As used herein, "treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's Disease" encompasses treatment or prevention of lipoprotein abnormalities associated with Alzheimer's Disease.
[0144] "Diseases and conditions associated with diabetes mellitus" as defined herein comprise, but are not restricted to, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinaemia, hyperlipidaemia, insulin resistance, impaired glucose metabolism, obesity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cataracts, diabetic nephropathy, glomerulosclerosis, diabetic neuropathy, erectile dysfunction, premenstrual syndrome, vascular restenosis, ulcerative colitis, skin and connective tissue disorders, foot ulcerations, metabolic acidosis, arthritis, osteoporosis and impaired glucose tolerance.
PREPARATION OF COMPOUNDS
[0145] Flavanoid compounds may be represented by the general structure of Formula A.
Figure imgf000164_0001
[0146] R3 may be selected from groups including, but not limited to, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone. Rb may be selected from groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, amino, cyano, halogen and hydrogen. R0 represents substituents such as alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, hydroxyl and hydrogen. It should be appreciated that these designations are non-limiting examples of the flavanoid compounds disclosed herein. [0147] One of ordinary skill will appreciate that flavanoid compounds as disclosed herein may be synthesized from readily available starting materials as outlined below.
[0148] Formula B represents a general formula for flavanoid compounds comprising a phenyl-chromene:
Figure imgf000165_0001
[0149] Flavanoids of Formula B can be synthesized by the procedure of Scheme 1:
Figure imgf000165_0002
Scheme 1
[0150] Acid chloride 2 (Rd = Cl) may be used directly in a reaction with acetophenone 1 to provide ester 3. The acid chloride may also be generated in situ by exposing the carboxylic acid 2 (Rd = OH) to a chlorinating agent such as POCI3. Ester 3 can be converted into diketone 4 via intramolecular rearrangement. Rearrangement may be achieved using a catalytic amount of base, such as potassium t-butoxide, KOH, NaH and the like. Cyclization of phenol 4 to flavanoid 5 can be achieved by heating phenol 4 in the presence of a strong protic (HCI, AcOH, HI, AcOH, HBr, and mixtures thereof) or Lewis (BBr3) acid.
[0151] Flavanoid compounds can be synthesized following the procedure of Scheme 2:
Figure imgf000166_0001
Scheme 2
[0152] Diketone 10 may be prepared by first exposing methyl ketones 6 or 9 to basic conditions, such as potassium t-butoxide, KOH, NaH and the like, to form the corresponding enolate. Then, reaction with acyl halide 8 or 7 (X = Hal), respectively, affords diketone 10. Cyclization of diketone 10 to flavanoid 5 may likewise be accomplished by a number of methods. When Re = F, exposure of 10 to heat and a polar solvent results in ring closure via nucleophilic aromatic substitution. Alternatively, strong protic or Lewis acids may be used when Re = alkoxy, SH, or NH2. Exemplary acids include HCI, AcOH, HI, AcOH, HBr, BBr3, and mixtures thereof.
[0153] Formula C represents flavanoid compounds comprising a naphthyl:
Figure imgf000167_0001
[0154] Flavanoids of Formula C can be prepared via the procedure of Scheme 3.
Figure imgf000167_0002
Rf = Cl, Br, I, OTf Rg = H, alkyl
Scheme 3
[0155] Arylation of naphthalene analog 11 with boronic acid (or boronic ester) 12 occurs by a Pd-catalyzed Suzuki coupling. Suitable Pd catalysts include Pd(Ph3)4 along with non-phosphine Pd catalysts, such palladium acetate. Other coupling procedures that may be used in the synthesis of flavanoid 13 include Stille coupling.
[0156] Formula D represents a general formula for isoflavanoid compounds:
Figure imgf000167_0003
[0157] Scheme 4 illustrates a general synthesis of compounds of Formula
D.
Figure imgf000168_0001
Scheme 4
[0158] Treatment of phenol 14 with boron trifluoride etherate and methane sulfonylchloride gives isoflavanoid 15. Variations of the Scheme 4 procedure include the method described by Fokialakis et al., Chemistry & Biology 11 : 397- 406 (2004).
[0159] Prodrugs of flavanoid compounds can be prepared according to Scheme 5:
Figure imgf000168_0002
Scheme 5
Prodrug esters 19 can be synthesized by treating phenol 16 with acid halide 17. Suitable acid halides include acid chlorides and bromides. Alternatively, esterification of phenol 16 with acid 18 in the presence of a carbodiimide, such as EDCI, affords ester 19.
EXAMPLES
[0160] Examples of flavanoid compounds of Formula I include, but are not limited to, the following compounds: a) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
Figure imgf000169_0001
and its derivatives, including, but not limited to:
2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-1H-quinolin-4-one
5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1H-quinolin-4-one
6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5,7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
6.7- Dihydroxy -2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
7.8- Dihydroxy -2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-1H-quinolin-4-one 5,6-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 5,8-Dhydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(2-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 2-(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 5-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1H-quinolin-4-one 6-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 7-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one 8-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
6,7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
7,8-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
7-Fiuoro-2-(2-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-one
7-Fluoro-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5,6-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5,8-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyi)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5-Fluoro-2-(2-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
5-Fluoro-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
Nicotinic acid 5-hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-5-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-6-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-7-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-8-yl ester
b) Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000170_0001
and its derivatives, including, but not limited to:
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 2-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-fluoro-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl
ester
Nicotinic acid 2-fluoro-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl
ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-fluoro-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-fluoro-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
c) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000172_0001
and its derivatives, including, but not limited to: 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5, 7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6, 7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7,8-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5, 6-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5, 8-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester 5-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl
ester
6-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl
ester
7-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
8-Fluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5, 7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6,7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7, 8-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Fluoro-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5, 6-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester δ.δ-Difluoro^^-hydroxy-phenylH-oxo^H-quinoline-i-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5-Fluoro-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1 -carboxylic acid ethyl ester
d) 4-Oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1 - carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000175_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
2-[3-Hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]~4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5-Hydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6-Hydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Hydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
8-Hydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Hydroxy-2-[3-hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo-4H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,7-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6,7-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7,8-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4~(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester 5-Hydroxy-2-[3-hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo-4H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,6-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,8-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[3-Fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5-Fluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6-Fluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Fluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
8-Fluoro^-oxo^-^pyridine-S-carbonyloxyJ-phenylJ^H-quinoline-i- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7-Fluoro-2-[3-fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,7-Difluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
6,7-Difluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
7,8-Difluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester 5-Fluoro-2-[3-fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,6-Difluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
5,8-Difluoro-4-oxo-2-[4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
e) [5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000177_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,7-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-
carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(6,7-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(7,8-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,6-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,8-Dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3-Fluoro-5-hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic
acid ethyl ester
[4-Fluoro-5-hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester ^-(δ-Fluoro^-oxo-I .Φdihydro-quinolin^-yO-δ-hyclroxy-phenyll-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^-(δ-Fluoro-^oxo-I .Φdihydro-quinolin^-yO-δ-hydroxy-phenyπ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^-(y-Fluoro-^oxo-i ^-dihydro-quinolin^-yO-δ-hydroxy-phenyO-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(8-Fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,7-Difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(6,7-Difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(7,8-Difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3-Fluoro-2-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4-Fluoro-2-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,6-Difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-(5,8-Difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4-Fluoro-2-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester [4-Fluoro-2-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
f) Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonyIamino-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000180_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-θthoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonyiamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-fluoro-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-fluoro-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-1 ,A- dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-difluoro-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-quinolin-2-yl)-3- ethoxycarbonylamino-phenyl ester g) 2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000183_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4,5-dihydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2~Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2~(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-6-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 2-(2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-7-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline- 1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
h) 2-[2-EthoxycarbonyIamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4-oxo- 4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000184_0001
and its derivatives:
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5-hydroxy-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-6-hydroxy-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7-hydroxy-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-8-hydroxy-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7- hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,7- dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-6,7- dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7,8- dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5- hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,6- dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,8- dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5-fluoro-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-6-fluoro-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7-fluoro-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-8-fluoro-4- oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7- fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyricline-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,7-clifluoro- 4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-6,7-difluoro- 4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-7,8-difluoro- 4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5- fluoro-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,6-difluoro- 4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
2-[2-Ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(pyridine-3-carbonyloxy)-phenyl]-5,8-difluoro- 4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
i) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one
Figure imgf000186_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to: 2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one 5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one 6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one 7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester W 2
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-2- yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
j) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
Figure imgf000188_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^.δ-Dihydroxy^-^-oxo^H-pyranoβ.S-cJpyridin^-yO-pheny^-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
k) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one
Figure imgf000190_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to: 2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one 5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one 7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one 8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[S.δ-Dihydroxy^^-oxo^H-pyranotS^-cJpyridin^-yO-phenylj-carbamic acid ethyl ester ^.δ-Dihydroxy^^^oxo^H-pyranotS^-cJpyridin^-yO-phenylJ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano3,2- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- c]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
I) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one
Figure imgf000192_0001
and its derivatives, inclduing but not limited to: 2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one 2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one 6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one 7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one 8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
[δ-Hydroxy^^-oxo^H-pyranotS^-bjpyridin^-yO-phenylJ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester ^.δ-Dihydroxy^^-oxo^H-pyranotS^-bJpyridin^-yO-phenyll-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2- b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl ester m) 2-(5-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one
Figure imgf000193_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to: 2-(5,6-Dihydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one 2-(3,5-Dihydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one 2-(4,5-Dihydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-chromen-4-one 5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one 6-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one 7-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one 8-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one Nicotinic acid 6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 5-hydroxy-6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 4-hydroxy-6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5,6-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[δ-Hydroxy^^δ-hydroxy^-oxo^H-chromen^-ylJ-pyridin-S-yO-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[δ-Hydroxy^^δ-hydroxy^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-pyridin-S-ylJ-carbamic acid ethyl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyriclin-3-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-3-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yi)-pyridin-3- yl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-(5-hydroxy-4~oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- Y I )-py rid i n-3-y I ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- y I )- py rid i n-3-y I ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester
n) 2-(6-Hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one
Figure imgf000195_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to: 2-(2,6-Dihydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one
5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one 6-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one 7-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one 8-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one Nicotinic acid 5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 4-hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 5-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 5-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 5-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester Nicotinic acid 5-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester [6-Hydroxy-3-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,6-Dihydroxy-3-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[β-Hydroxy-S^δ-hydroxy^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-pyridin^-ylJ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[6-Hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[6-Hydroxy-3-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[e-Hydroxy-S^δ-hydroxy^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-pyridin^-yQ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-Hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester [2,6 -Dihydroxy-3-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl
ester
[2-Hydroxy-5-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-Hydroxy-5-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-Hydroxy-5-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[2-Hydroxy-5-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2- yl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-6-hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl )-py rid i n-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-pyridin-2- yl ester Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-hydroxy-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester o) 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one
Figure imgf000198_0001
and its derivatives, including but limited to:
2-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one
2-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one
5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one
6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one
7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1,3]oxazin-4-one
8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1,3]oxazin-4-one
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester .
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
[δ-Hydroxy^-^-oxo^H-benzotefti .Sloxazin^-yO-phenyfl-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H- benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H- benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-2-yl)-phenyl ester
p) 7-(4-Hydroxy-phenyI)-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-one
Figure imgf000200_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
7-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin~5-one
7-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-one
4-Hydroxy-7-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-one
2-Hydroxy-7-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-one
Nicotinic acid 4-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(2-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^.δ-Dihydroxy^δ-oxo-δH-pyranop.S-dJpyrimidin^-ylJ-phenylJ-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(2-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(δ-oxo^δH-pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(2-hydroxy-5-oxo-5H-pyrano[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-phenyl ester
q) 6-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-8-one
Figure imgf000202_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
6-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-8-one
6-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-8-one
2-Hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-8-one
4-Hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-8-one
Nicotinic acid 4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[S.δ-Dihydroxy^δ-oxo-δH-pyranofS^-dføyrimidin-θ-yO-phenyfl-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^.δ-Dihydroxy^^δ-oxo-δH-pyranotS^-djpyrimidin-β-yO-pheny^-carbamic acid ethyl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
r) 6-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-8-one
Figure imgf000203_0001
and its derivatives, including, but not limited to: 6-(2,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-8-one 6-(3,4-Dihydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-8-one 2-Hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-8-one
3-Hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-8-one Nicotinic acid 4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(3-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
[δ-Hydroxy^δ-oxo-δH-pyrano^.S-btøyrazin-θ-yO-phenyll-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[3,δ-Dihydroxy-2-(δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
^δ-Dihydroxy^δ-oxo-δH-pyranop.S-bJpyrazin-θ-yO-phenyl^carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(2-hydroxy-δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(3-hydroxy-δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl]- carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3~ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3-b]pyrazin-6- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3- b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(δ-oxo-δH-pyrano[2,3- b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(2-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(3-hydroxy-8-oxo-8H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyrazin-6-yl)-phenyl ester
s) [δ-Hydroxy^-^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-phenyrj-carbamic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000205_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
[3,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[4,5-Dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester [5-Hydroxy-2-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
t) Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Figure imgf000206_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
Carbonic acid 3,5-dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester ethyl ester
Carbonic acid 4,5-dihydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester ethyl ester Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(6,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Carbonic acid ethyl ester 5-hydroxy-2-(7,8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
u) [5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000208_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
[S.δ-Dihydroxy^^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-phenyQ-acetic acid ethyl ester
^δ-Dihydroxy^-^-oxo^H-chromen^-yO-phenylJ-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetic acid ethyl ester
v) Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000209_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to: Nicotinic acid 3-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 2-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(8-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,6-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yI)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,7-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(5,8-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,7-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(6,8-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 4-(7,8-difluoro -4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester
w) Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Figure imgf000210_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxy-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,6-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,7-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid S-ethoxycarbonylamino^^θJ-dihydroxy^-oxo^H-chromen- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6,8-dihydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen- 2-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7,8-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-fluoro-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-ethoxycarbonylamino-2-fluoro -4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonyiamino-4-(5-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(6-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(7-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(8-fluoro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)- phenyl ester
[0161] Examples of isoflavanoid compounds of Formula 4 include, but are not limited to, the following compounds. a) 3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one
Figure imgf000212_0001
and its derivatives, including but not limited to:
3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one
3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one
3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one
3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one
3-(5-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one
3-(6-Hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one
3-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[e][1 ,2]oxazin-4-one
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-pyridin-3-yl ester
Nicotinic acid 5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-pyridin-2-yl ester b) [δ-Hydroxy^-^-oxo^H-chromen-S-yO-phenyri-carbamic acid ethyl
ester
Figure imgf000213_0001
and its derivatives:
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
[6-Hydroxy-3-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-3- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-3- yl)-phenyl ester Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-3- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 3-ethoxycarbonylamino-4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-3- yl)-phenyl ester
Nicotinic acid 6-ethoxycarbonylamino-5-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)-pyridin-2- yl ester.
[0162] The following compounds were obtained from commercially available sources (such as lndofine Chemical Company, Inc.): 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-chromen-4-one; 6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4- one; 5,7-dihydroxy-2-phenyl-4H-chromen-4-one; 5-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-chromen-4-one; 7-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; 7- hydroxy-2-phenyl-4H-chromen-4-one; 5-hydroxy-2-phenyl-4H-chromen-4-one; 2- phenyl-4H-chromen-4-one; 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; 7-methoxy-2- (4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; 2-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-4H- chromen-4-one; 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chroman-4-one; 5,7- dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; and 3,5,7-trihydroxy-2-(3,4- dihydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one.
[0163] Abbreviations used herein denote the following compounds, reagents and substituents: acetic acid (AcOH); 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN); Λ/-bromosuccinimide (NBS); N-tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS); A77-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (mCPBA); dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP); dichloromethane (DCM); dimethylformamide (DMF); dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO); ethanol (EtOH); ethyl acetate (EtOAc); 1-ethyl-3-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI); 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt); iodomethane (MeI); lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS); methanol (MeOH); methoxymethyl (MOM); tetrahydrofuran (THF). Example 1
Figure imgf000215_0001
5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one
[0164] In a 100 mL 3-neck round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed dry THF (20 mL) and p-methoxy acetophenone (0.386 g, 2.57 mmol) under nitrogen. To this solution, LHMDS ( 2.69 mL as a 1 M solution in THF, 2.57 mmol) was added drop wise at 25 0C. After completion of addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 min at rt, then 2,4,6-trifluoro-benzoyl chloride (0.5 g, 2.57 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added slowly at rt via syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4CI solution (10 mL). The organic layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dries over Na2SO4, concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 20% EtOAc in hexane, to give 215 mg of 1-(2,4,6-trifluoro- phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (27%). 1-(2,4,6-trifluoro-phenyl)- 3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (100 mg) in DMSO (2 mL) was heated at 100-110 0C for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with water. The product was filtered and dried to give 62 mg of 5,7-difluoro-2-(4- methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one (68%). MS (ES) m/z: 289.07 (M+1); 19F-NMR (DMSO-de): δ -101.9, -109.2.
Example 2
Figure imgf000215_0002
5.7-Difluoro-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0165] In a 50 imL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and
magnetic stirrer were placed 5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (0.425 g, 1.47 mmol), hydroiodic acid (10 ml_) and acetic acid (5 ml_). The reaction mixture was heated 110 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give the title compound (220 mg, 54%). Selected data for the
title compound: MS (ES) m/z: 275.10 (M+1); 19F-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ -106.2, - 113.4.
Example 3
Figure imgf000216_0001
2-(2-Amino-4-hvdroxy-phenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0166] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (2.76 g, 20.28 mmol), 2- nitro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (4.0 g, 20.28 mmol) and pyridine (60 ml_). POCI3 (3.11 g, 20.28 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 2-acetylphenyl-4-methoxy-2-nitrobenzoate (6.24 g, 97%).
[0167] To a solution of 2-acetylphenyl-4-methoxy-2-nitrobenzoate (6.22 g, 19.71 mmol) in THF (100 mL), was added potassium t-butoxide (2.89 g, 23.65 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the crude compound, which was purified by column chromatography using 50 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give 1-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-2- nitrophenyl)propane-1 ,3-dione (5.92 g, 95%).
[0168] 1 -(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl)propane-1 ,3- dione (5.92 g, 18.77 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 48% HCI (2 ml_) and acetic acid (35 ml_) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give the crude compound, which was purified by column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in CH2CI2 to give 2-(4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl)~4H-chromen-4-one (3.92 g, 70%).
[0169] 2-(4-Methoxy-2-nitrophenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (1.5 g, 5.04 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (30 mL) and heated at reflux. SnCI2 (4.97 g ,26.23 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 20 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt diluted with water, neutralized and extracted with ethyl acetate to give the crude compound. This was purified by column chromatography using 3% MeOH in CH2CI2 to give 2-(2-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (790 mg, 58%).
[0170] To a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer was added 2-(2-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (770 mg, 2.88 mmol), hydroiodic acid (10 mL) and acetic acid (4 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 0C for 8 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with water. The precipitate was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give the crude compound, which was purified by column chromatography using 2% MeOH in CH2CI2, to give 2-(2-amino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one (357 mg, 49%). MS (ES) m/z: 254.05 (M+1 ), 149.00, 134.01 , and 121.00. Example 4
Figure imgf000218_0001
2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0171] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxy acetophenone (1.0 g, 7.34 mmol) and pyridine (10 mL). To this mixture was added 4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (1.5 g, 8.81 mmol) and DMAP as a catalyst. The reaction was stirred for overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and solvent was removed afford 2-acetylphenyl 4-methoxybenzoate (1.9 g, 95%).
[0172] To solution of 2-acetylphenyl 4-methoxybenzoate (1.907 g, 7.05 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) was added powdered KOH (1.49 g, 21.16 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 min at rt. The yellow viscous material was dissolved in water, neutralized and extracted to give crude product which was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to afford 450 mg (23%) of 1- (2-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione.
[0173] To a solution of 1-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)- propane-1 ,3-dione (200 mg, 0.74 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added BBr3 (185 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 M solution in dichloromethane) slowly at 0 0C, and then stirred for overnight at rt. Then MeOH was added at 0 0C to quench the unreacted BBr3. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to afford 50 mg (26 %) of 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4H-chromen-4- one. MS (ES) m/z: 253.08 (M+1 ), and 149.00. Example 5
Figure imgf000219_0001
8-Hvdroxy-2-(4-hvdroxy-phenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0174] To a solution of 4-methoxyacetophenone (2.0 g, 13.3 mmol) and methyl 2,3-dimethoxybenzoate (3.135 g, 15.98 mmol) in DMF (100 ml_), was added a NaH (1.065 g, 26.63 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and products were extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to afford 1-(2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)- propane-1 ,3-dione (3.1 g, 74%).
[0175] 1 -(2,3-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (3.1 g, 9.86 mmol) was dissolved in mixture of HI (10 ml_) and AcOH (10 ml_) and heated at 110 0C for 4 days. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and solids were filtered. The solid product was washed with water, dried and purified by column chromatography, using 30% EtOAc in dichloromethane to give 1.3 g (52%) of 8-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one. MS (ES) m/z : 255.08 (M+1 ), and 154.15.
Example 6
Figure imgf000219_0002
2-(3,5-Difluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one
[0176] To a solution of 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (0.68 g, 5 mmol) in 10 mL anhydrous pyridine was added 3,5-difluoro-4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (1.03 g, 5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into 100 ml_ 2N HCI. The solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vaccum to give a white solid (1.44 g, 94%). The compound (1.42 g, 4.63 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml_ anhydrous pyridine. Powdered KOH (0.78 g, 13.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight under nitrogen. Water (50 ml_) was added and the solid was isolated by filtration, and washed with water to give yellow solid (1.05 g, 74%). To a suspension of the yellow solid (0.82 g, 2.67 mmol) in 6 mL glacial AcOH was added 3 drops of cone. HCI and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and 50 mL water was added. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 2- (3,5-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one as a white solid (0.61 g, 79%). 2- (3,5-Difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one was suspended in 15 mL hydroiodic acid. Glacial AcOH (6 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 4 h. The mixture was cooled to rt. Water (100 mL) was added and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vaccum. The crude compound was washed with 1 :1 dichloromethane and MeOH (15 mL) to give 2-(3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (0.416 g, 73%) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 275.04 (M+1 ); Mp. 275-276 0C.
Figure imgf000220_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0177] To a solution of 2-hydroxyacetophenone (1.361 g, 10 mmol) in 20 mL anhydrous pyridine was added 3j5-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzoic acid (2.162 g, 12 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0 0C and phosphorous oxychloride (1 mL) was added. A white precipitate was formed. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h under nitrogen atmosphere. Then the reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL cold 2N HCI and extracted with EtOAc (2x200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a colorless liquid (2.89 g, 97%), which was used in the next step without further purification. The compound (2.88 g, 9.65 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL anhydrous pyridine. Powdered potassium hydroxide (1.62 g, 28.95 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight under nitrogen. Water (100 mL) was added and the mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with cone. HCI. The yellow solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vacuum. Yield: 1.16 g, 40%. To a suspension of the yellow solid (1.14 g, 3.83 mmol) in 8 mL glacial AcOH was added 4 drops of cone. HCI and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and water (50 mL) was added. The solid was isolated by filtration and washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 2-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl phenyl) chromen-4-one (1.05 g, 98%) as a pale green solid. 2-(4-methoxy-3,5~dimethyl phenyl) chromen-4-one was suspended in 20 mL hydroiodic acid and 8 mL glacial AcOH was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to rt. Water (100 mL) was added and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vaccum. The crude compound was washed with 1 :1 dichloromethane and methanol (20 mL) to give 0.763 g of 2-(4- hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (85%) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 267.06 (M+1 ); Mp. 255-256 0C.
Example 8
Figure imgf000221_0001
Λ/-r5-Hvdroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyllacetamide
[0178] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(2-amino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one (150 mg, 0.592 mmol), Ac2O (181 mg, 1.776 mmol), and pyridine (5 mL) and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the intermediate (228 mg, 99%). To a solution of the intermediate (228 mg, 0.676 mmol) in MeOH: THF (5 ml_: 5 ml_), K2CO3 (112 mg, 0.811 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 h at rt. Then the reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI and extracted by EtOAc, the combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 2% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford Λ/-[5-hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H~chromen-2-yl)- phenyl]acetamide (100 mg, 50%). MS (ES) m/z: 296.15 (M+1); Mp. 253-255 0C.
Example 9
Figure imgf000222_0001
1-r4-(6-Hvdroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)benzvHpyridinium chloride
[0179] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxy-5'-methoxyacetophenone (2.0 g, 12.03 mmol), 4-acetoxymethylbenzoic acid (2.4 g, 12.03 mmol) and pyridine (20 mL). POCI3 (1.8 g, 12.03 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the product (3.08 g, 72%). To a solution of this product (3.08 g, 8.99 mmol) in THF (50 mL), was added potassium t-butoxide (1.32 g, 10.07 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the crude diketone (3.07 g, 99%). The diketone compound (3.07 g, 8.96 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 48% HCI (2 mL) and AcOH (20 mL) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give cyclized product (1.38 g, 47%). To a solution of the cyclized product (1.2 g, 3.69 mmol) in THF (30 ml_), K2CO3 (613 mg, 4.44 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Then the reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI and extracted by EtOAc, the combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude product (548 mg, 52%). A mixture of the 6-methoxyflavone analogue (400 mg, 1.41 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (8 g) was heated at 190 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCOa and filtered to give the crude product. This was purified by crystallization using MeOH/ dichloromethane/ EtOAc to give 200 mg of 1-[4-(6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)benzyl]pyridinium chloride (51%). MS (ES) m/z: 330.89 (M), 329.86 (M-1 ); Mp. 243-247 0C.
Example 10
Figure imgf000223_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-2-nitrophenyl)chromen-4-one
[0180] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (2.76 g, 20.28 mmol), 2- nitro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (4.0 g, 20.28 mmol) and pyridine (60 ml_). POCI3 (3.11 g, 20.28 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give product (6.24 g, 97%). To a solution of the product (817 mg, 2.59 mmol) in THF (10 ml_), was added potassium t-butoxide (380 mg, 3.11 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the diketone (800 mg, 97%).
[0181] The diketone compound (800 mg, 2.53 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 48% HCI (1 mL) and acetic acid (7 ml_) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SU4 and concentrated to the crude product, which was purified by crystallization to give (500 mg, 67 %) of cyclized product. The product (500 mg, 1.68 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (8 g) were mixed and heated at 190 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized by NaHCθ3 and filtered to give 2-(4-hydroxy-2-nitrophenyl)chromen-4-one (430 mg, 92 %). MS (ES) m/z: 284.88 (M+1 ), 283.86 (M); Mp. 277-279 0C.
Example 11
Figure imgf000224_0001
6-Hvdroxymethyl-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one
[0182] A suspension of 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (5 g) and paraformaldehyde (1.9 g) in 20 ml_ of cone. HCI was stirred at 35 0C for 4 h, until the formation of a yellow precipitate. 2'-Hydroxy-5'-chloromethylacetophenone was filtered off, air dried and used for the next step without further purification. 2'- Hydroxy-5'-chloromethylacetophenone (6.8 g) was dissolved in 100 mL of dry MeOH and NaOMe (25 w% in MeOH, 15.9 g) was slowly added. The resulting solution was stirred at rt overnight. After the reaction, 1 M HCI was slowly added to neutralize the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was dried by direct addition of anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated by evaporation of the MeOH. The residue was loaded on a column with 20% EtOAc/Hexane as an eluent to isolate 2'- hydroxy-5'-methoxymethylacetophenone (4.9 g, 74%).
[0183] A mixture of 2'-hydroxy-5'-methoxymethylacetophenone (1.2 g) and 20 mL of pyridine was stirred for 15 min, before the addition of 4- methoxybenzoyl chloride (1.14 g). The formed solution was stirred at rt overnight. HCI (1 M) was slowly added to neutralize the reaction solution. Then 50 mL of water was added, and the resulting solution was extracted by EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was passed through a silica gel column quickly with 40% EtOAc/hexane as an eluent to afford benzoate (1.46 g, 70%). To the solution of benzoate (2.3 g) in dry THF (30 mL) was slowly added NaH (0.92 g, 60% in mineral oil). The solution was heated to reflux overnight. The solution was cooled to rt and neutralized by adding 1 M HCI. Water (50 mL) was added and the resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). After drying the combined organic layers over MgSO4 and evaporation of solvent, the product was assayed by 1 H-NMR and the crude diketone was used directly in the next step reaction without further purification.
[0184] A mixture of the diketone (1.1 g), 30 mL of AcOH and 3 mL of cone. HCI was stirred at 105 0C for 15 min. Then water (30 mL) was added and the resulting solution was extracted by EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, evaporated under vacuum and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (40% EtOAc/Hexane) to afford the cyclized compound (0.68 g, 66%). To the solution of the cyclized compound (0.6 g) in dichloromethane (20 mL), 10 mL of 1 M BBr3 were added slowly. The resulting black solution was stirred at rt for 24 h. After the reaction, 50 mL of water was slowly added to the stirring solution. Then 30 mL of EtOAc and Na2CO2 powder was added. After the neutralization, cone. HCI was used to acidify the solution to pH 2. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (5% MeOH/dichloromethane) to afford 6-bromomethyl-2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (0.4 g, 60%).
[0185] To a solution of 6-bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (250 mg, 0.754 mmol) in dioxane:DMF (10:2, 12 mL), was added potassium acetate (500 mg, 3.77 mmol). The mixture was heated at 100 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product (225 mg, 96%). To a solution of the crude product (220 mg, 0.711 mmol) in MeOH:THF (5 mL: 5 mL) was added K2CO3 (216 mg, 1.56 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt. Then the reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI and extracted by EtOAc, the combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 5% MeOH in dichloromethane, to afford 6-hydroxymethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (80 mg, 42%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.88 (M+1 ), 268.85 (M); Mp. 246-247 0C.
Example 12
Figure imgf000226_0001
2-(3-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one
[0186] To a solution of 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (1.36 g, 10 mmol) in 20 mL anhydrous pyridine was added 3-fluoro-4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (1.89 g, 10 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into 200 mL of 2 N HCI. The formed solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give a white solid (2.76 g, 95.7%). The compound (2.68 g, 9.3 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL anhydrous pyridine. Powdered potassium hydroxide (1.57 g, 27.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight under nitrogen. Water (100 mL) was added, the solid was isolated by filtration and washed with water to give a yellow solid (1.83 g, 68%). The compound (1.78 g, 6.17 mmol) was suspended in 15 mL glacial AcOH. Five drops of cone. HCI was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2 h, then cooled to rt. Water (100 mL) was added. The formed solid was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 2-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)chromen- 4-one as a white solid (1.62 g, 97%). 2-(3-Fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)chromen-4- one (1.6 g, 5.92 mmol) was suspended in 40 mL of HI. Glacial AcOH (15 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 4 h, then cooled to rt. Water (200 mL) was added, and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was washed with 1 :1 dichloromethane and methanol (15 mL) to give 1.1 g of 2-(3-fluoro-4- hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (72%) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 257.91
(M+1), 256.88 (M); Mp. 275-276 0C. Example 13
Figure imgf000227_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-sulfonic acid
[0187] To a solution of 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (5.43 g, 40 mmol) in cyclohexane (28 ml_) was added dimethylcarbonate (28 ml_). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen and heated to 60 C. Chlorosuifonic acid was added over a period of 15 min. Liberated HCI was removed by trapping with solid NaOH. On completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was heated to 70 C for 1 h and then cooled to rt. The solid was filtered off, washed with a mixture of dimethyl carbonate and cyclohexane (1 :1 , 20 mL) and dried under vacuum to give 3-acetyl- 4-hydroxybenzene sulfonic acid as yellow solid (4.5 g, 52%). 3-Acetyl-4- hydroxybenzene sulfonic acid (2.16 g, 10 mmol) was suspended in 20 mL anhydrous pyridine. 4-Methoxybenzoyl chloride (3.4 g, 20 mmol) was added slowly at rt. Stirring continued under nitrogen for 15 h. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The solid obtained was dried under vacuum. This material was used without further purification. This crude compound (~10 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL anhydrous pyridine. Powdered KOH (2.8 g, 50 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14 h under nitrogen. Water (10 mL) was added and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was taken in 10 mL of glacial AcOH. Five drops of conconcentrated HCI was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 4 h, then cooled to rt. The yellow solid was isolated by filtration, washed with AcOH and dried under vacuum to give 2-(4-methoxy phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromen- 6-sulfonic acid (0.475 g, 14%) as yellow solid. The product (0.375 g, 1.13 mmol) was suspended in HI (7 mL). Glacial AcOH (3 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 C for 2 h, then cooled to rt. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with AcOH and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was triturated with ether to afford 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-sulfonic acid (0.2 g, 55%) as yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 319.88 (M+1 ), 318.85 (M); 13C- NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 177.5, 163.7, 161.7, 156.1 , 146.1 , 132.1 ,129.1 , 123.1 , 122.3, 122.2, 118.7, 116.6, 105.5.
Example 14
Figure imgf000228_0001
6-Hvdroxy-2-(4-hvdroxymethylphenyl)chromen-4-one
[0188] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxy-5'-acetoxyacetophenone (2.63 g, 13.54 mmol), 4-acetoxymethyl benzoic acid (2.63 g, 13.54 mmol) and pyridine (20 ml_). POCI3 (2.07 g, 13.54 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give product (3.0 g, 60%). A solution of this product (3.0 g, 8.10 mmol) in THF (50 ml_), was added potassium t-butoxide (1.187 g, 9.72 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give crude diketone (3.0 g, 99%). The mentioned diketone (3.0 g, 8.10 mmol) was taken into a mixture of 48% HCI (2 ml_) and AcOH (25 ml_) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give the di-acetyl flavone (1.2 g, 74%). To a solution of the di- acetyl flavone (228 mg, 0.676 mmol) in methanol: THF (5 ml: 5 ml_), K2CO3 (112 mg, 0.811 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 h at rt, then the reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 2% MeOH in dichloromethane, to give 100 mg of 6-hydroxy-2-(4- hydroxymethylphenyl)chromen-4-one (50%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.90 (M+1 ), 268.91 (M); Mp. 262-265 0C.
Example 15
Figure imgf000229_0001
2-(2-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one
[0189] To a solution of 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (1.87 g, 12 mmol) in 30 ml_ pyridine was added acetic anhydride (1.84 g, 18 mmol) and catalytic amount of DMAP and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h. The pyridine was removed under reduced pressure; the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 ml_), washed with 1 N HCI (20 mL), water (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave 2-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoic acid in 57% yield (1.35 g). To a suspension of 2-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoic acid (1.33 g, 6.71 mmol) in 10 mL anhydrous dichloromethane was added oxalyl chloride (2.56 g, 20.13 mmol). Two drops of DMF was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The solvent and excess oxalyl chloride were removed under reduced pressure to give 1.48 g of 2-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoyl chloride which was used in next step without purification. To a solution of 2'-hydroxyacetophenone (0.93 g, 6.83 mmol) in 15 mL anhydrous pyridine was added 2-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoyl chloride (1.48 g, 6.83 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h under nitrogen atmosphere. Then the reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL 2N HCI, extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230-400 mesh; 20% EtOAc in hexanes as eluent) to give 4-acetoxy-2-fluorobenzoic acid 2-acetyl phenyl ester (1.14 g, 53%). The ester compound (0.74 g, 2.34 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL anhydrous THF. Potassium tert-butoxide (0.53 g, 4.68 mmol) was added in portions and stirred at rt under nitrogen for 1 h. A yellow solid was formed. The reaction mixture was quenched with 15 mL saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the organic phase was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave crude product (0.725 g) which was used in next step without further purification. This crude compound (0.72 g, 2.62 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml_ glacial AcOH, cone. HCI (1 ml_) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with AcOH and dried under vacuum to give 126 mg (21%) over 2 steps. MS (ES) m/z: 256.89 (M), 255.86 (M-1); Mp. 287-289 0C.
Example 16
Figure imgf000230_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-8-nitro-4H-chromen-4-one
[0190] In a 250 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-hydroxy-3-nitro-acetophenone (1.0 g, 5.52 mmol), 4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (0.94 g, 5.52 mmol) and pyridine (20 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give crude product (1.7 g, 99%). To a solution of the crude product (1.56 g, 4.95 mmol) in THF (50 ml_), was added potassium t- butoxide (666 mg, 5.94 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the crude diketone (1.5 g, 99%). The diketone (1.5 g, 4.76 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 48% HCI (1 ml_) and AcOH (15 ml_) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give cyclized product, which was purified by crystallization to give 760 mg of compound in 54% yield. A mixture of the cyclized compound (360 mg, 1.21 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (5 g) was heated at 190 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCOs and filtered to give crude product, which purified by chromatography using 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to give 196 mg of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-8-nitro-4H-chromen-4- one (57%). MS (ES) m/z: 284.88 (M+1 ), 283.88 (M); Mp. 299-301 0C.
Example 17
Figure imgf000231_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-8-methoxy-4H-chromen-4-one
[0191] In a 250 ml_ dry flask was charged with 2-hydroxy-3- methoxybenzoic acid (6.0 g, 36.0 mmol) and anhydrous THF (20 ml_) under N2. Methyl lithium in an ether solution (1.6 M, 73.5 ml_,117.6 mmol) was added dropwise over 20 min. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h. After cooling the mixture was poured into 25 ml_ of brine with 6 N HCI and extracted with 100 mL of EtOAc. The organic layer was further washed with brine three times and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by column (hexane: EtOAc 2.5:1) to give 1-(2-hydroxy-3-methoxy- phenyl)-ethanone (4.3, 71.8%). 1-(2-Hydroxy-3-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanone (1.0 g, 6.0 mmol), 4-acetoxybenzoic acid (1.08 g, 6.0 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (0.923 g, 6.0 mmol) in 10 mL pyridine were stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and the isolated solid was washed with water. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc 2:1 ) to give the intermediate (1.05 g, 53.13%). Potassium tert-butoxide (0.4 g, 3.5 mmol) was added. to this intermediate (1.05 g, 3.2 mmol) in 20 mL anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at rt. The mixture was poured into water (100 mL) with 1 mL AcOH (adjusted pH to 6- 7.0). The solid was further rinsed with water and dissolved in dichloromethane. The organic layer was wash with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude compound was treated with AcOH and two drops of concentrated HCI solution and heated to 110 0C for 1 h. The AcOH was evaporated and the solid residue was dissolved in MeOH and potassium carbonate (3.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at rt. The reaction mixture was neutralized with AcOH and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was poured into water and the solid was collected by filtration and purified by column to give 150 mg of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-8-methoxy-4H-chromen-4-one (17.4%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.93 (M+1), 268.91 (M); Mp. 281-283 0C.
Example 18
Figure imgf000232_0001
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4H-chromen-4-one
[0192] To a solution of 4',6'-dimethoxy-2'-hydroxy acetophenone (1.96 g, 10 mmol) in 20 ml_ anhydrous pyridine was added 4-acetoxy benzoic acid (2.16 g, 12 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0 0C and phosphorous oxychloride (1 ml_) was added. A white precipitate was formed. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into 100 ml_ cold 2 N HCI. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x200 ml_). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a gummy solid product (3.36 g, 94%), which was used in next step without further purification. The gummy product (3.35 g, 9.35 mmol) was dissolved in 30 ml_ anhydrous THF. Potassium tert-butoxide (2.1 g, 18.7 mmol) was added in portions and the mixture was stirred at rtunder nitrogen for 15 h. A yellow solid was formed. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 ml_). EtOAc (100 ml_) was added and the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave fluffy solid (2.52 g) which was used in next step without further purification. The fluffy solid (1.0 g, 2.79 mmol) was dissolved in glacial AcOH (8 mL). Concentrated HCI (5 drops) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2.5 h. The mixture was cooled to rtand water (50 mL) was added. The solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230-400 mesh; 30% EtOAc in hexanes as eluent) to give 204 mg of 2- (4-hydroxyphenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4H-chromen-4-one (25%) as an off-white solid. MS (ES) m/z: 299.94 (M+1), 298.93 (M); Mp. 301-303 0C.
Figure imgf000233_0001
2-(3-Bromo-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0193] To a solution of 3-bromo-4-hydroxy-benzoic acid (3.0 g, 13.83 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and pyridine (20 ml_) was added acetyl chloride (1.1 mL, 15.20 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with water (50 mL) and acidified with HCI (1 N) to adjust pH = 1-2. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and concentrated to afford 4-acetoxy-3-bromo-benzoic acid (3.6 g,100%). To a solution of 4-acetoxy-3-bromo-benzoic acid (3.60 g, 13.83 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at rt was added oxalyl chloride (1.8 mL, 20.75 mmol) and DMF (0.5 mL), sequentially. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford the acid chloride. To a solution of the freshly prepared acid chloride in dichloromethane (100 mL) were added 2'- hydroxyacetophenone (2.5 mL, 20.75 mmol) and triethylamine (3.9 mL, 27.66 mmol). This mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with water (100 mL) and extract with dichloromethane (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were concentration to afford an oily residue, which was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to give the phenol ester (4.5 g, 86%). A solution of the phenol ester (4.0 g, 10.61 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was mixed with potassium t-butoxide (1.6 g, 14.32 mmol) and stirred at 60 0C for 1.5 h. This mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water (100 mL) and. acidified with HCI (1 N) to adjust pH = 5-6. The mixture was extract with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were concentration to give a yellow solid residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to give the diketone (2.3 g, 58%). A solution of the diketone (1.50 g, 3.98 mmol) in AcOH (100 mL) and HCI (cone, 2 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. This mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 50 % EtOAc in hexane to give the flavone acetate (0.4 g, 28%). A solution of the flavone acetate (0.53 g, 1.48 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) and water (20 mL) was mixed with potassium carbonate (1.10 g, 8.00 mmol) and was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solid was filtered off, washed with water, hexanes, and dichloromethane sequentially to give 390 mg of product (83%) as a light yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 318.84 + 316.84 (two isotopes of M); Mp. 273.5- 274.9 0C.
Example 20
Figure imgf000234_0001
3-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one hydrochloride
[0194] A 100 mL dry flask was charged with 2'-hydroxy propiophenone (10.0 g, 67 mmol), 4-acetoxybenzoic acid (12.0 g, 67 mmol), phosphorus oxychloride (6.7 mL, 73 mmol), pyridine (25 mL) and anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) sequentially. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h then poured into 150 mL of cold water. EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) was used to extract the compound out of the aqueous layer. The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 2:1 ) to afford 14.6 g of the corresponding phenol ester (77%). To a solution of the phenol ester (14.0 g, 51.5 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (8.64 g, 77.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by adding water (100 mL), then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated to afford a solid residue. This residue was dissolved in AcOH (160 ml_) and concentrated HCI (5 ml_) and the mixture was stirred at reflux for 8 h. The reaction was quenched by adding water (100 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 ml_) and concentrated to afford a solid residue. This solid was re-dissolved in MeOH (200 mL) and water (200 mL) and the solution was mixed with potassium carbonate (16 g) and stirred at rt for 2 h. The MeOH was removed and the aqueous layer was acidified with HCI (1 N) to pH= 5. The solid was filtered off and further washed with water, EtOAc and dichloromethane to afford the flavone analog (7.5 g, 58% over two step). A solution of the flavone (6.9 g, 27.4 mmol) in acetic anhydride (50 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and poured into ice water (300 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and concentrated to afford a light yellow solid as the corresponding flavone acetate (6.8 g, 84%). To a solution of the flavone acetate (6.8 g, 23.1 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (200 mL) at reflux was added NBS (4.12 g, 23.1 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (0.56 g, 2.31 mmol). The reaction was stirred at reflux for 4 h and then quenched with HCI (0.5 N, 100 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were concentrated to afford 3-bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one as a light yellow compound (8.6 g, 100%).
[0195] A solution of 3-((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H- chromen-4-one hydrochloride (0.3 g, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was mixed with dimethylamine solution in THF (2 mL, 4 mmol) and was stirred at 45 0C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was extract with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and concentrated to an oily residue. This residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and water (50 mL), mixed with potassium carbonate (1 g), and stirred at rt for 0.5 h. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL) and concentrated to afford an oil. This oil was re-dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and mixed with HCI in ether (10 mL, 20 mmol) and stirred at rt for 1 h. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with dichloromethane and hexanes to give 3-((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one hydrochloride a light yellow solid product (0.24 g, 90%). MS (ES) m/z: 295.98 (M); Mp. 271.5-272.3 0C. Example 21
Figure imgf000236_0001
2-(2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-v0acetonitrile
[0196] A solution of 3-bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4- one (0.3 g, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (15 ml_), water (15 mL), and NaCN (0.12 g, 2.4 mmol) was stirred at 45 0C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and concentrated to afford a solid residue. This residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and water (50 mL) and was mixed with potassium carbonate (1 g) and stirred at rt for 0.5 h. MeOH was removed, the aqueous layer was acidified with HCI (1 N) to pH= 5. The solid was filtered off and then purified by column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 1 :2). The resulting solid was re- crystallized from dichloromethane and hexanes to give 2-(2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4- oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)acetonitrile as a light yellow solid product (0.14 g, 63%). MS (ES) m/z: 278.94 (M+1 ), 277.93 (M); Mp. 258.2-259.5 0C.
Example 22
Figure imgf000236_0002
3-(Hvdroxymethyl)-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0197] A solution of 3-bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4- one (0.50 g, 1.5 mmol) and sodium acetate (1.24 g, 15.0 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) was heated to reflux for 15 h. AcOH was removed and the residue was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic phase was further washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was mixed with potassium carbonate (0.52 g) and MeOH (10 mL) and stirred for 2 h. AcOH (1.0 ml_) was added and MeOH was removed. The residue was poured into water and the solid was washed additionally with water and hexane to give 3- (hydroxymethyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (0.265 g, 62.6%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.94 (M+1), 268.94 (M); Mp. 234-235 0C.
Example 23
Figure imgf000237_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-carbonitrile
[0198] 2-Acetyl-4-cyanophenol (0.78 g, 4.84 mmol), 4-acetoxybenzoic acid (0.872 g, 4.84 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (0.5 ml_) and pyridine (2.0 imL) were mixed in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt and then poured into cold water and extracted with dichloromethane (150 ml_). The organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over sodium sulfate followed by concentration. The crude compound (1.40 g, 89.5%) was obtained after evaporation of the solvent. The crude compound (1.4 g, 4.33 mmol) was dissolved into dry THF (20 mL) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.51 g, 4.55 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The solvent was removed, followed by addition of water (50 mL) and EtOAc (150 mL) was used to extract out the compound. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude product (1.20 g) and 4 drops of sulfuric acid were added to AcOH (15 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 0C for 1 h. AcOH was removed and sodium bicarbonate solution was added followed by extraction with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude and potassium carbonate (1.1 g) was added to MeOH (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. AcOH (1.0 mL) was added and MeOH was removed. The residue was purified by preperative HPLC to give 70 mg of 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-carbonitrile. MS (ES) m/z: 264.91 (M+1),
263.90 (M); Mp. 296-298 0C. Example 24
Figure imgf000238_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4H-chromen-4-one
[0199] A 100 ml_ dry flask was charged with 2'-hydroxy propiophenone (10.0 g, 0.067 mol), 4-acetoxybenzoic acid (12.0 g, 0.067 mol), POCI3 (6.7 mL, 0.073 mol), pyridine (25 mL) and anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was kept at rt with stirring for 3 hours then poured into 150 mL of cold water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL) and the organic layer was washed with sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (hexane : EtOAc 2:1) to give the intermediate (14.6 g, 70.2%). The intermediate (14.0 g, 44.8 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (150 mL) and potassium tert-butoxide (5.28 g, 47.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and water (50 mL) was added, followed by extraction with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude compound (11.0 g, 35.2 mmol) was dissolved into AcOH (30 mL) and 37% HCI (2.0 mL) was added. The reaction was carried out at 110 0C for 2 h. AcOH was removed and 7.0 g potassium carbonate and 40 mL methanol were added followed by stirring overnight. AcOH (5.0 mL) was added to the mixture and methanol was removed. Water (50 mL) was added to the residue. The mixture was stirred for a while to obtain the solid, which was filtered off and further washed with water and EtOAc to give 3.70 g of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3- methyl-4H-chromen-4-one (41.7%). MS (ES) m/z: 253.89 (M+1), 252.90 (M); Mp. 241-242 0C.
Figure imgf000239_0001
4-(6-Bromo-8-nitro-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl acetate
[0200] To a solution of 2'-hydroxy-5'-bromoacetophonone (10 g, 46.5 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (60 ml_) at reflux was added 70% nitric acid (5.2 mL, 79.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 40 min. and then cooled to rt. The resulting solid was filtered off and washed with water and hexanes to provide 2'-hydroxy-3'-nitro-5'-bromoacetophonone (10.19 g, 84%). To a solution of 3-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (3.0 g, 19.2 mmol) in pyridine (20 mL) and dichloromethane (50 mL) was added acetyl chloride (1.8 mL, 25 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The reaction mixture was washed with HCI (1 N, 2x100 mL), and concentrated to afford 3-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoic acid (3.18 g, 83%). To a solution of 3-fluoro-4-acetoxybenzoic acid (3.18 g, 16.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (2.1 mL, 24.0 mmol) and DMF (0.2 mL) sequentially. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h and then concentrated to afford the corresponding acid chloride. A mixture of the acid chloride, 2'-hydroxy-3'-nitro-5'-bromoacetophonone (4.17 g, 16.1 mmol) and triethylamine (8.9 mL, 64.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was stirred at rt for 1 h and then concentrated. The residue was re-dissolved in THF (100 mL) and mixed with potassium tert-butoxide (4.0 g, 35.3 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 16 h and then quenched by adding water (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3x100 mL) and concentration to afford the crude diketone as a yellow solid. This solid was re-dissolved in AcOH (100 mL) and HCI (cone, 5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at reflux for 20 h. The reaction was quenched with water (100 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (3x100 mL) and concentrated. A solution of the resulting residue in MeOH (50 mL) and water (50 mL) was mixed with potassium carbonate (2 g) and stirred at rt for 2 h. MeOH was removed and the aqueous layer was acidified with HCI (1 N) to pH= 5. The solid was filtered off and washed with water, acetone, and dichloromethane sequentially to provide a solid of the flavone analog (1.85 g, 30% five steps combined). To a solution of the flavone analog (1.85 g, 4.87 mmol) in pyridine (50 ml_) and dichloromethane (100 ml_) at rt was added acetyl chloride (1.1 ml_, 14.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was washed with HCI (1 N, 2x100 mL), and concentrated to afford a solid residue, which was purified by column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 2:1). The resulting solid was re-crystallized from EtOAc and hexanes to afford 4-(6-bromo-8-nitro-4- oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl acetate (1.1 g, 54%) as a light yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 423.78, 421.77; Mp. 236.2-238.5 0C.
Figure imgf000240_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0201] A mixture of 3-bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4- one (0.52 g, 1.57 mmol), sodium methoxide (1.36 mL, 6.28 mmol, 25% in MeOH) and anhydrous MeOH (10 mL) was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was neutralized by addition of AcOH and the solvent was removed. The residue was poured into water and the solid was collected and purified by column chromatography (hexane : EtOAc 2:1 ) to give 155 mg of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3- (methoxymethyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (35.0%). MS (ES) m/z: 283.95 (M+1), 282.93 (M); Mp. 237-239 0C.
Figure imgf000240_0002
8-Amino-2-(3-fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenvO-4H-chromen-4-one hydrochloride [0202] A Parr Bottle charged with a solution of 4-(6-bromo-8-nitro-4-oxo- 4H-chromen-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl acetate (0.8 g, 1.90 mmol) in THF (350 mL) and palladium carbon (10% on carbon, 0.2 g) was subjected for hydrogenation at 50 psi at rt for 16 h. The reaction mixture was passed through a Celite pad and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting solid was filtered off and washed with dichloromethane to afford the aminoflavone analog as a brown solid (0.5 g, 85%). A solution of the aminoflavone analog (0.5 g, 1.60 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) and water (20 mL) was mixed with potassium carbonate (1 g) and stirred at rt for 1 h. The MeOH was removed and the aqueous layer was neutralized with HCI (1 N). The resulting solid was filtered off, washed with MeOH, dichloromethane, and hexanes sequentially to provide the hydrolyzed product (0.204 g, 48%). To a solution of the hydrolyzed analog (0.106 g, 0.391 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was added HCI ether solution (5 mL, 10 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The MeOH was removed, and the resulting solid was filtered off and washed with a mixture of MeOH-dichloromethane (10:1) to afford 82 mg of 8- amino-2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one hydrochloride (68%). MS (ES) m/z: 271.97; Mp. 256.4-258.5 0C.
Example 28
Figure imgf000241_0001
6-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0203] Dimethylamine (1 M solution in THF, 1.2 mL) was added to 6- bromomethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (206 mg, 0.62 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 17 hr. Most of the solvent was then removed in vacuo and the yellowish residue was suspended in 20 mL of water. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 30 min and the solid was removed by filtration, washed with water, ether, and air-dried to afford 6- ((dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one (125 mg, 68%). MS (ES) m/z: 296.98 (M+1), 295.97 (M); Mp. 99-102 0C.
Example 29
Figure imgf000242_0001
2-(1-Oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-chromen-4-one
[0204] To a solution of 2-pyridin-4-yl-chromen-4-one (0.3 g, 1.35 mmol) in 15 mL anhydrous dichloromethane was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (57 - 86%) (0.33 g, 1.35 mmol) at 0 0C and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. under nitrogen. The ice-bath was removed and the stirring was continued at rt for 4 h. A white precipitate was formed. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and washed with 0.5 N aq. NaOH solution (12 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was removed and triturated with ether to afford 2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-chromen-4-one (0.27 g, 84%). MS (ES) m/z: 239.89 (M); Mp. 258-259 0C.
Example 30
Figure imgf000242_0002
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridine 7-oxide
[0205] A mixture of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one (0.50 g, 2.09 mmol), acetyl chloride (0.164 g, 2.09 mmol) and anhydrous pyridine (2.5 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was then poured into water (100 mL) and stirred for 30 min. The solid was filtered and further washed with water and dry to give the ester (0.586 g, 99%). The ester (0.230 g, 0.82 mmol) and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.242 g, 0.98 mmol) were added to dichloromethane (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 weeks. The mixture was concentrated and potassium carbonate (0.60 g) and MeOH (10 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. AcOH was added to adjust pH to 6.0- 7.0, and the solvent was removed. The residue was poured into water. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc to give 120 mg (57.4%) of 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridine 7-oxide. MS (ES) m/z: 255.90 (M); Mp. 307-308 0C.
Example 31
Figure imgf000243_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyranoF2,3-b1pyridine 8-oxide
[0206] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (1.5 g, 6.27 mmol), Ac2O (700 mg, 6.89 mmol) and a catalytic amount of DMAP (50 mg) in pyridine (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer washed with water, dried and concentrated to give a 2-(4- acetoxyphenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (930 mg, 53%). To a stirred solution of the 4-acetoxy compound (930 mg, 3.30 mmol) in CH2CI2 (50 mL), mCPBA(1.9 g, 11.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 5 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and washed with NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography, using 5% methanol in CH2CI2 to give 168 mg of Λ/-oxide product in 17% yield. To a solution of the acetoxy Λ/-oxide (168 mg, 0.565 mmol) in methanol: THF (10 mL : 10 mL), K2CO3 (156 mg, 1.13 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. The reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H- pyrano[2,3-b]pyτidine 8-oxide (150 mg, 100%). MS (ES) m/z: 255.90 (M); Mp. 314-315 0C.
Example 32
Figure imgf000244_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyranof3,2-c1pyridine 6-oxide
[0207] A solution of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one (1.75 g, 7.32 mmol) in acetic anhydride (50 ml_) was stirred at reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, quenched with water (100 mL), extracted with CH2Cb (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate 1 :1 to 1 :3) to provide 1.3 g of the corresponding acetate (63%). A solution of the acetate (0.4 g, 1.42 mmol) and mCPBA (1.0 g, 4.70 mmol) in CH2CI2 (50 mL) was stirred at rt for 11 days. The CH2CI2 was removed by concentration. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (150 mL) and water (120 mL) and was mixed with potassium carbonate (1.0 g). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hour and neutralized with HCI (1 N). The resulting solid was filtered off, washed with water, MeOH, and CH2CI2 sequentially to afford a light yellow solid of 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridine 6-oxide (0.21 g, 58%). MS (ES) m/z: 255.96 (M); 322.8-323.4 0C
Example 33
Figure imgf000244_0002
2-(3-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-6-(hvdroxymethyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0208] In a 100 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-hydroxy-5-methoxymethyl acetophenone (1.62 g, 9.014 mmol), 4-methoxy-3-fluoro benzoyl chloride (1.7 g, 9.014 mmol) and pyridine (20 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water. The solids were filtered off, washed with water and dried to give the intermediate (2.33 g, 78%). To a solution of this intermediate (2.33 g, 7.01 m mol) in THF (50 ml_), was added potassium t- butoxide (945 mg, 8.42 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give crude intermediate diketone (2.3 g, 98.7%).
[0209] The diketone compound (2.3 g, 6.92 mmol) was taken into a mixture of HCI (1 mL) and acetic acid (15 ml_) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give 1.75 g of the intermediate in 80.6% yield. In a 100 mL dry round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed this intermediate (925 mg, 2.94 mmol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL). BBr3 (2.21 g, 8.83 mmol, 1M solution in CH2CI2) was added slowly at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was quenched by carefully adding methanol. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting solid was washed with water and dried to give 1.0 g of crude 3'-fluoro-4'-methoxy-5-bromo methyl flavone in 97% yield. To a solution of 5-bromomethyl flavone (1.0 g, 2.86 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), potassium acetate (845 mg, 8.60 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude acetyl flavone (810 mg, 86%). To a solution of the acetyl flavone (810 mg, 2.47 mmol) in methanol (15 mL), K2CO3 (1.02 g, 7-41 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. The solvent was removed and the product was taken in to water and neutralized by dilute HCI. The solid was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4H- chromen-4-one in 38% yield. MS (ES) m/z: 286.96 (M); Mp. 256-258 0C. Example 34
Figure imgf000246_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b1pyridin-4-one
[0210] In a 500 ml_ dry round bottom flask with reflux condenser and magnetic stirrer was placed with 2-chloro-3-ethyl nicotinate (40.0 g, 215.5 mmol) in methanol (200 ml_). CH3ONa in methanol (25%, 65 ml_, 301.7 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to rt, quenched by addition of a saturated aqueous NH4CI solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed well with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 35 g of 2-methoxy-3-methyl nicotinate with 97% yield. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 9.21 g, 230.3 mmol) was added to a dry 500 ml_ round bottom flask followed by 100 ml_ DMF. 4-Methoxyacetophenone (31.45 g, 209.44 mmol) in 50 ml_ dry DMF was added dropwise at 0 0C over 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at rt. 2-Methoxynicotinic acid methyl ester (35 g, 209.44 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml_ dry DMF and added slowly, keeping the temperature at 0 0C. The mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt, then quenched by addition of a saturated aqueous NH4CI solution and diluted with water. The solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give 56.7 g diketo product in 95% yield.
[0211] The diketo compound (56.7 g, 198.9 mmol) was added to a 1 L round bottom flask together with pyridinium hydrochloride (345 g). The mixture was heated at 190 0C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with water. The solid was isolated by filtration and purified by column chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2 to give 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)- pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (23.25 g, 48.8%). MS (ES) m/z: 240.07 (M+1); 13C- NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 178.2, 164.2, 161.8, 160.8, 153.9, 136.3, 129.2, 123.2, 121,8, 116.8, 116.75, 116.74, 105.7. Example 35
Figure imgf000247_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b1pyridin-4-one
[0212] In a 500 ml_ round-bottom flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed MeOH (250 ml_), S-hydroxypyridine^-carboxylic acid (10.0 g, 71.9 mmol) and concentrated H2SO4 (3 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 64 0C for 24 hs. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure; the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (150 mL) and water (20 mL). Solid sodium carbonate was added to adjust pH to 6. The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give 3.5 g of crude 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (32%).
[0213] In a 50 mL round-bottom flask fitted with magnetic stirrer were placed 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.5 g, 22.80 mmol), K2CO3 (3.46 g, 25.0 mmol), MeI (4.87 g, 34.3 mmol) and DMF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to give 2.1 g of 3-methoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (54%).
[0214] In 100 mL round-bottom flask fitted with magnetic stirrer were placed the NaH (1.62 g of 60% suspension in mineral oil, 40 mmol) and the solution of t3-methoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.5 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 mL), The mixture was stirred for 15 min at rt under N2, then the solution of 4-methoxyacetophenone (3.3 g, 22 mmol) was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt, then 10% aqueous solution of NaHSO4 was used to adjust pH to 7. The organic layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to give 4.68 g of 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-methoxypyridin-2-yl) propane-1 ,3-dione (80%).
[0215] In 50 ml_ round-bottom flask fitted with magnetic stirrer were placed 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-methoxypyridin-2-yl) propane-1 ,3-dione (4.68 g, 16 mmol) and 45% aqueous solution of HBr (25 ml_). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h, then cooled down to rt. Solid NaHCOs was used to adjust pH to 7, followed by EtOAc (30 ml_). The organic layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 ml_). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 30% MeOH in EtOAc to give 125 mg of 2-(4- hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one (3.2 %). MS (ES) m/z : 240.09 (M+1), and 149.06.
Example 36
Figure imgf000248_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-pyranor2,3-clpyridin-4-one
[0216] A 50 mL flask was charged with 5.0 g (0.0354 mol) 3- fluoroisonicotinic acid and thionyl chloride (3.88 mL, 0.053 mol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, then the excess thionyl chloride was evaporated under vacuum. Anhydrous methanol was added to the residue and the mixture was heated to reflux for one hour. The reaction mixture was poured into sodium bicarbonate solution and pH was adjusted to 7.0. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was dry over sodium sulfate. The organic solvent was evaporated yielding the product (4.80 g, 88%). A 50 mL dry flask was charged with methyl 3-fluoroisonicotinitate (3.50 g, 0.0227 mol), 4- methoxyacetophenone (3.60 g, 0.024 mol) and 10 mL dry DMF under nitrogen. Sodium hydride (1.82 g, 60% in oil) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 min, then poured into ammonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was pass through a column (EtOAc : hexane 1 :3) to give the product (3.50 g, 54.0%). A 50 mL flask was charged with this product (0.5 g, 1.75 mmol) and pyridine hydrogen chloride (2.02 g, 17.5 mmol) and heat to 190 0C for 4 h. The mixture was poured into a sodium bicarbonate solution and the solid was collected by filtration, washed with EtOAc and methanol to give 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one as a yellow product (0.36 g, 86%). MS (ES) m/z: 240.90 (M+1 ), 239.89 (M); Mp.294-296 0C.
Example 37
Figure imgf000249_0001
2-(3-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)pyranor2,3-bipyridine-4-one
[0217] Methyl 2-methoxynicotinate was synthesized from ethyl 2- chloronicotinate with sodium methoxide as in Example 34. A 50 mL flask was charged with methyl 2-methoxynicotinate (2.50 g, 0.015 mol), 10 mL dry DMF and 60% NaH (0.745 g, 0.0186 mol) with magnetic stirring. 3'-Fluoro-4'- methoxyacetophenone (2.60 g, 0.0155 mol) in 6 mL anhydrous DMF was added over 5-10 min. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. The mixture was poured into 50 mL NH4CI solution, the yellow solid was filtered and further washed with water and purified by column chromatography (hexane:EtOAc 4:1 ) to get (3.0 g, 66.4%) of product. A 50 mL flask was charged with this product (0.8 g, 2.64 mmol) and pyridine hydrogen chloride (3.04 g, 26.4 mmol) and heated to 190 0C for 4 h. The mixture was poured into sodium bicarbonate solution and the solid was collected by filtration, washed with EtOAc and MeOH and passed through a column (methanokdichloromethane 1 :4) to afford 400 mg of 2-(3-fluoro- 4-hydroxyphenyl)pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (59%). MS (ES) m/z: 257.85 (M); Mp. 267-268 0C. Example 38
Figure imgf000250_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-3-methylphenyl)-4H-pyranof2,3-blpyridine-4-one
[0218] Methyl 2-methoxynicotinate was synthesized from ethyl 2- chloronicotinate with sodium methoxide as described in Example 34. A 100 mL dry flask was charged with 2-methylanisole (7.92 g, 65 mmol), acetyl chloride (5.1 ml_, 71 mmol), aluminum chloride (9.45 g, 71 mmol) and 40 ml_ of anhydrous dichloromethane. The reaction mixture was kept at reflux for 2 h, then poured into 15 ml_ of HCI (3 N) and extracted with 100 ml_ ether. The organic layer was further washed with sodium bicarbonate to pH 6-7, then further washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dried under high vacuum to yield the intermediate (10.0 g, 93.85%). A 100 mL dry flask was charged with methyl 2-methoxynicotinate (2.50 g, 15 mmol), 10 mL anhydrous DMF and NaH (0.9 g, 22.5 mmol, 60% in oil). The intermediate (2.58 g, 15.7 mmol) in 3 mL anhydrous DMF was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into 120 mL of water with 3 mL AcOH. The yellow solid was further wash with water and passed through a column (hexane:EtOAc 3:1 ) to give the methoxy intermediate (3.4 g, 75.7%). A 50 mL flask was charged with the methoxy intermediate (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) and pyridine hydrogen chloride (4.0 g, 33 mmol) and heated to 190 0C for 3 h. The mixture was poured into a sodium bicarbonate solution and the solid was collected by filtration, washed with EtOAc and MeOH (20 mL each) to give 2-(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-4H- pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (0.58 g, 69.4%). MS (ES) m/z: 254.0 (M+1); Mp. 300- 302 0C. Example 39
Figure imgf000251_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-pyranor3.2-clpyridin-4-one
[0219] A solution of 4-chloropicolinic acid (3.0 g, 19.04 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was mixed with H2SO4 (cone, 5 ml_) and was stirred at reflux for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and neutralized with NaOH (1 N) to adjust pH = 8-9. The mixture was extract with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL) and concentration to afforded ethyl 4-ethoxypicolinate (3.44 g, 93%).
[0220] To a solution of ethyl 4-ethoxypicolinate (3.44 g, 17.43 mmol) and 4-methoxy acetophenone (2.62 g, 17.43 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and DMSO (50 mL) was added NaH (1.4 g, 34.80 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 95 °C for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and quenched with water (100 mL). The mixture was extract with EtOAc (3 x 150 mL) and concentration to a yellow solid. The solid was washed with hexanes to afford the diketone (3.6 g, 69%).
[0221] The diketone (1 g, 3.34 mmol) was mixed with pyridine hydrochloride (10 g). This mixture was stirred at 190 0C under N2 for 12 h. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and poured into a beaker of 200 mL ice water. NaOH (1 N) was used to adjust pH = 9. The solid was then filtered off and washed with water, hexanes, dichloromethane, EtOAc sequentially to afford the brownish solid 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one (0.39 g, 49%). MS (ES) m/z: 240.92 (M+1 ), 239.89 (M); Mp. 306-308 0C.
Figure imgf000252_0001
4-(4-Oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b1pyridine-2-v0benzonitrile
[0222] Methyl 2-methoxynicotinitate was synthesized from Ethyl 2- chloronicotinitate with sodium methoxide as described in Example 34. A dry 50 mL flask was charged with methyl 2-methoxynicotinitate (2.50 g, 14.9 mmol) and 4-acetylbenzonitrile (2.25 g, 15.9 mmol) and anhydrous DMF (10 mL). NaH (0.745 g, 18.6 mmol, 60% in oil) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. then poured into 100 mL water and AcOH (2 mL) to adjust pH to 6 - 7.0. The yellow solid was further washed with water and dissolved in dichloromethane. The organic solution was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 3:1 ) to give the intermediate (1.7 g, 40.7%). A 50 mL flask was charged with the intermediate (0.7 g, 2.49 mmol) and pyridine hydrogen chloride (2.87 g, 24.9 mmol) and heat to 190 0C for 1 h. The mixture was poured into a sodium bicarbonate solution and the solid was collected and purified by column chromatography (hexane : EtOAc : dichloromethane 1 :1 :1 , then dichloromethane : methanol 1 :1 ) to give 320 mg (51.7%) of 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2- yl)benzonitrile. MS (ES) m/z: 249.80 (M+1 ), 248.90 (M); Mp. 250-252 0C.
Figure imgf000252_0002
2-(3-Chloro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-pyranor2,3-blpyridine-4-one
[0223] Sodium methoxide (18 mL, 25 wt% in methanol) was added slowly to a solution of ethyl-2-chloronicotinate (11.134 g 60 mmol) in 60 mL anhydrous methanol. The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 15 h, then cooled to rt. Methanol was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL) and saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was removed to give ethyl-2-methoxynicotinate (8.58 g, 79%). Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.48 g, 12 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (10 mL). A solution of 3'- chloro-4'-methoxy acetophenone (1.85 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added drop-wise at 0 0C under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 5 min. and then at rt for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. A solution of ethyl 2- methoxy nicotinate (1.81 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added slowly. The ice bath was removed and the mixture was stirring at rt under nitrogen for 20 h. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous IS^SO4. Removal of solvent gave a dark colored solid. Triturating with ether gave a yellow solid (1.64 g, 51 %). The yellow solid (1.36 g, 4.21 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (7.3 g, 63.2 mmol) were mixed together and stirred at 190 0C for 2 h, then cooled to rt. Water (100 mL) was added. The solid was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230-400 mesh; 5% methanol in dichloromethane as an eluent to afford 2-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (0.385 g, 33% yield) as yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 275.94 + 273. 92 (two isotopes of M); Mp. 259-262 0C.
Figure imgf000253_0001
2-(3-Bromo-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-pyranor2,3-/?1pyridin-4-one
[0224] Sodium methoxide (18 mL, 25 wt% in methanol) was added slowly to a solution of ethyl-2-chloronicotinate (11.14 g 60 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (60 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under reflux for 15 h, then cooled to rt. The methanol was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 ml_) and sat. ammonium chloride solution (50 ml_) was added. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SU4. Removal of solvent gave ethyl- 2-methoxynicotinate (8.58 g, 79%) as yellow oil. Sodium hydride (0.21 g, 60% in mineral oil, 5.16 mmol) was mixed with anhydrous DMF (5 ml_). A solution of 3'- bromo-4'-methoxyacetophenone (0.99 g, 4.3 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 ml_) was added drop-wise at 0 0C under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 5 min. and then at rt for 30 min. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C. A solution of ethyl 2-methoxy nicotinate (1.81 g, 10 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 ml_) was added slowly. The ice bath was removed and the stirring continued at rt under nitrogen for 20 h. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent gave a dark solid. Triturating with ether gave a yellow solid (1.32 g, 84%). The solid (1.31g, 3.6 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (6.24g, 54 mmol) were mixed together and stirred at 190 0C for 3 h, The reaction mixture was then cooled to rt, followed by the addition of water (200 mL). The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230-400 mesh; 5:4:1 hexanes, EtOAc and methanol as an eluent) to give 2-(3- bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-ib]pyridin-4-one (0.453 g, 40%) of as yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 317.84, 239.9; Mp. 267-272 0C.
Figure imgf000254_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyranof2,3-blpyridine-4-one
[0225] A solution of ethyl 2-chloronicotinitate (6.0 g, 0.0323 mol) in anhydrous methanol (10 mL) at rt was added sodium methoxide (10 mL, 25% in methanol). The reaction mixture was stirred for half hour then heated to reflux for one hour. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with water until neutral, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give methyl 2-methoxynicotinitate (5.2 g, 96.3%).
[0226] A 100 mL dry flask was charged with acetovanillone (4.16 g, 0.025 mol) and anhydrous DMF (10 mL). Sodium hydride (1.05 g, 0.0263 mol, 60% in mineral oil) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt followed by the dropwise addition of benzyl bromide (3.1 mL, 0.0263 mol). The reaction was carried out at rt for 2 h, then poured into water. Ethyl acetate (150 mL) was used to extract out the compound and the organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the benzyl intermediate (6.21 g, 96%), which was subsequently used without further purification.
[0227] A 100 mL dry flask was charged with methyl 2-methoxynicotinitate (2.2 g, 0.0131 mol), the benzyl intermediate (3.37 g, 0.0131 mol) and anhydrous DMF (10 mL). Sodium hydride (0.524 g, 0.0131 mol, 60% in mineral oil) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the intermediate (5.0 g, 97.6%). This intermediate (4.0 g, 0.0102 mol) and pyridine hydrochloride (12.0 g, 0.102 mol) were mixed and heated to 170-190 0C for 20 min. The reaction mixture was cooled and poured into water (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (3 x 100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The solid was further purified by refluxing with methanol (40 mL). The solution was cooled and filtered to yield 2-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (250 mg, 9.1 %). MS (ES) m/z: 270.92, 269.91 ; Mp. 253-255 0C.
Figure imgf000255_0001
2-(4-MethoxyphenvO-4H-pyranor2,3-b1pyridine-4-one [0228] In a 500 ml_ dry round bottom flask with reflux condenser and magnetic stirrer was placed with 2-chloro-3-ethyl nicotinate (40.0 g, 215.5 mmol) in methanol (200 ml_), and sodium methoxide (65 mL, 301.7 mmol, 25% in methanol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed well with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 2-methoxy-3-methyl nicotinate (35 g, 97%). To a dry 500 mL round bottom flask was added NaH (9.21 g 230.3 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) in DMF (100 mL). 4-Methoxyacetophenone (31.45 g, 209.44 mmol) in dry DMF (50 mL) was added dropwise at 0 0C over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at rt. Then 2-methoxynicotinic acid methyl ester (35 g, 209.44 mmol) dissolved in dry DMF (50 mL) was added slowly on cooling. The mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated NH4CI solution and diluted with water. The solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give the diketo product (56.7 g, 95 %). Polyphosphoric acid (8.0 g) was heated at 90 0C and the diketo compound (1.0 g, 3.50 mmol) was added slowly and heated at 90 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with water. The solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (570 mg, 64%). MS (ES) m/z: 254.89 (M+1 ), 253.90 (M); Mp. 269-270 0C.
Example 45
Figure imgf000256_0001
2-(4-(2-Hvdroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-blpyridine-4-one
[0229] In a 100 mL dry round bottom flask with reflux condenser and magnetic stirrer was placed 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (1.0 g, 4.18 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and acetonitrile (50 mL). 2-Chloroethanol (2.05 g, 25.0 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography, using 2% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 2-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridine-4-one (380 mg, 32% yield). MS (ES) m/z: 284.94 (M+1), 283.95 (M); Mp. 157-159 0C.
Example 46
Figure imgf000257_0001
2-(5-Hvdroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one
[0230] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 5-amino-2-cyano pyridine (1.0 g, 8.38 mmol), cone. H2SO4 (4.2 ml_), water (15 ml_) and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. A solution of NaNO2 (636 mg, 9.22 mmol) in water (5.7 ml_) was added slowly at 0 0C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was poured into a boiling mixture of water (11 ml_) and H2SO4 (1 ml_) and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was cooled and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 2-cyano-5-hydroxy pyridine (900 mg, 89%).
[0231] 2-Cyano-5-hydroxy pyridine (200 mg, 1.66 mmol), DMF (10 ml_) and K2CO3 ( 253 mg, 1.83 mmol), and MeI (354 mg, 2.49 mmol) were combined at rt and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt . The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 2-cyano-5-methoxy pyridine (175mg, 78%).
[0232] 2-Cyano-5-methoxy pyridine (170 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in 6N HCI (4 ml_) and refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with water, neutralized and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude (290 mg). [0233] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxy acetophenone (3.56 g, 26.14 mmol), 5- methoxy-2 nicotinic acid (4.0 g, 26.14 mmol) and pyridine (50 ml_). POCI3 (4 g, 26.14 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 2-acetylphenyl 5-methoxypyridine-2-carboxylate (1.76 g, 24%).
[0234] To a solution of 2-acetylphenyl 5-methoxypyridine-2-carboxylate (1.76 g, 6.49 mmol) in THF (30 mL), was added potassium t-butoxide (952 mg, 7.79 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give crude product which was purified by using column chromatography using 50 % EtOAc in hexane to give 1-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (870 mg, 49%).
[0235] 1 -(2-Hydroxy-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (870 mg, 3.21 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 48% HCI (1 mL) and AcOH (10 mL) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give 2-(5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one (794 mg, 98%).
[0236] 2-(5-Methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one (790 mg, 3.12 mmol) in HI (10 mL) and AcOH (4 mL) was heated at reflux for 6 h. Reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized and extracted with EtOAc to give crude product. This was purified by column chromatography using 5 % MeOH in dichloromethane to give (270 mg, 36%) of 2-(5-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4- one. MS (ES) m/z: 240.09 (M+1 ). Example 47
Figure imgf000259_0001
2-Pyridin-4-yl-chromen-4-one
[0237] 2-Hydroxyacetophenone (1.36 g, 10 mmol) and isonicotinyl chloride hydrochloride (1.78 g, 10 mmol) were dissolved in 20 mL anhydrous pyridine and stirred at rt for 15 h under nitrogen. Water (20 mL) was added and neutralized to pH 6 with 4N HCI. The formed solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give isonicotinic acid-2-acetyl phenyl ester as a white powder (2.32 g, 96%). To a solution of isonicotinic acid-2-acetyl phenyl ester (2.2 g, 9.12 mmol) in 20 mL anhydrous pyridine was added powdered potassium hydroxide (1.54 g, 27.36 mmol) and stirred at rt for 15 h under nitrogen. Water (50 mL) was added and the pH was adjusted to pH 6 with 4N HCI. The solid formed was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give a yellow powder (0.66 g). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, and concentrated to give a yellow solid (1.32 g, 60%). The compound (0.64 g, 2.654 mmol) was suspended in 6 mL glacial AcOH. Three drops of cone. HCI was added and the mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to rt. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was neutralized to pH 6-7 with a 2 N NaOH solution. The white precipitate formed was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 2-pyridin-4-yl- chromen-4-one (0.56 g, 94.5%). MS (ES) m/z: 224.89 (M+1), 223.92 (M); Mp. 144-145 °c. Example 48
Figure imgf000260_0001
2-(6-Hvdroxypyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one
[0238] In a 100 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2'-hydroxy acetophenone (2.0 g, 14.69 mmol), 2- methoxy-5-pyridine carboxylic acid (2.0 g, 14.69 mmol) and pyridine (20 ml_). POCI3 (2.25 g, 14.69 mmol) was added slowly on cooling. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice- water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give product (2.82 g, 70%). To a solution of this product (2.8 g, 10.33 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added potassium t-butoxide (1.51 g, 12.4 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt under N2. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of NH4CI. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, dried and concentrated to give crude diketone (2.8 g, 99%). The diketone (2.8 g, 10.33 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 36% HCI (2 mL) and AcOH (25 mL) and heated at 100 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give the crude cyclized product (1.96 g, 74%). A mixture of the cyclized product (500 mg, 1.97 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (5 g) was heated at 190 0C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCOs and filtered to give 2-(6-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one (480 mg, 98%). MS (ES) m/z: 240.92 (M+1 ), 239.89 (M); Mp. 296-297 0C. Example 49
Figure imgf000261_0001
5,7-Dimethoxy-2-(4'-hvdroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one
[0239] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer, 3,5-dimethoxy aniline (1.0 g, 6.52 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (12 g) were taken. The mixture was heated 90-100 0C. Then 4-hydroxy benzoyl methyl ester (1.26 g, 6.52 mmol) was added slowly over 1.5 h. After addition reaction mixture was heated for further 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, and diluted with water. The precipitates were filtered to give a crude product, which was heated at 100 0C in concentrated HCI (10 mL) for 3 h. Then cooled the reaction mixture to rt and filtered the precipitates. The product was purified by column chromatography using 10 % MeOH in dichloromethane to give 50 mg of 5,7-dimethoxy-2-(4'-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one. MS (ES) m/z : 298.21 (M+1), and 284.20.
Example 50
Figure imgf000261_0002
5,7-Dihvdroxy-2-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-quinolin-4(H)-one
[0240] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer, 5,7-dimethoxy-2-(4'-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one (1.0 g, 3.36 mmol) and 48% HBr (15 mL) were taken. The mixture was heated to reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, and the water was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using DCM : EtOAc : MeOH (6:3:1) to give 100 mg of 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-quinolin-4(H)-one (11 %). MS (ES) m/z: 270.13 (M+1). Example 51
Figure imgf000262_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one
[0241] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-amino acetophenone (1.0 g, 7.39 mmol), THF (15 ml_) and EtβN (2.39 g, 23.64 mmol). To the solution p-methoxy benzoyl chloride (1.32 g, 7.76 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added slowly at 0 0C and stirred for 30 min at 0 0C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water. The crude product was collected and crude product was purified by column chromatography using 25% EtOAc in hexane to give 1.865 g of N-(2-acetylphenyl)-4-methoxybenzamide (93%).
[0242] To a suspension of N-(2-acetylphenyl)-4-methoxybenzamide (0.865 g, 3.2 mmol) in t-butanol (12 mL), was added potassium t-butoxide (1.57 g, 12.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70 C for 24 h under N2. The mixture was cooled to rt and poured into 30 mL of saturated NH4CI. The solids were collected and purified by column chromatography using 10% MeOH in DCM to give 398 mg of 1-(2-amino-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (49%).
[0243] 1-(2-Amino-phenyl)-3-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-propane-1 ,3-dione (375 mg, 1.49 mmol) was dissolved in 48% HBr (15 mL) and refluxed for 16 h. The solvent was removed at reduced pressure. The solids were taken into water and neutralized by NaHCO3. Solids were collected and purified by column chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to give 350 mg of 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)- 1 H-quinolin-4-one (98%). MS (ES): m/z: 238.1 (M+1 ).
Figure imgf000263_0001
2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyloxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
[0244] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one (250 mg, 1.054 mmol), DCM (30 ml_), ethylchloroformate (252 mg, 2.32 mmol) and Et3N (234 mg, 2.32 mmol) and stirred for overnight at rt. Solvent was removed and crude product was purified by column chromatography using DCM to gave 240 mg of 2-(4-ethoxycarbonyloxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (50%). MS (ES) m/z : 382.23 (M+1), 324.21 , and 310.18.
Example 53
Figure imgf000263_0002
3-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one
[010O] To a solution of n-methyl-o-toluamide (2.0 g, 13.4 mmol) in THF (30 ml_), n-butyl lithium (12.3 ml_, 30.8 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) was added slowly under N2 with cooling (ice-salt bath) maintaining the temperature below 20 0C. After addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 0C, then cooled to -50 0C. A solution of 4-methoxy benzonitrile (2.14 g, 16.08 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt. A saturated aqueous NH4CI solution was added during cooling, and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the methoxy compound (2.2 g, 65%). The methoxy compound (750 mg, 2.98 mmol) was dissolved in a 50 mL flask and pyridinium hydrochloride (10 g) was added. The mixture was heated at 190 0C for
2 h, then cooled to rt . The reaction was then diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCO3 and the solid was isolated by filtration to give 600 mg of 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (84%). MS (ES) m/z: 238.92 (M+1 ), 237.89 (M); Mp. 239-241 0C.
Example 54
Figure imgf000264_0001
4-lsoquinolin-3-yl-phenol
[0245] To a solution of 2-bromobenzaldehyde (1.85 g, 10 mmol) and 4- methoxyphenyl acetylene (1.58 g, 12 mmol) in 40 ml_ of triethylamine were added dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll) (140 mg, 2 mol%) and copper(l) iodide (20 mg, 1 mol%). The reaction mixture was heated at 50 0C under nitrogen for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the ammonium salt was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the crude compound by column chromatography (SilicaGel 230 - 400 mesh; 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent) afforded of 2- (4-methoxy phenylethynyl) benzaldehyde (2.1 g, 89%).
[0246] 2-(4-Methoxy phenylethynyl) benzaldehyde (2.06 g, 8.73 mmol) and t-butylamine (3.83 g, 52.4 mmol) were stirred under nitrogen for 24 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was extracted with ether and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, concentrated to give the imine (2.4 g, 94%) which was used in the next step without further purification. To a solution of this imine (2.39 g, 8.2 mmol) in 100 mL anhydrous DMF was added (0.156 g, 0.82 mmol) copper(l) iodide and flushed with nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated at 100 0C for 4 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and diluted with ether (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3x100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude compound as a dark coloured solid. Purification by column chromatography (SilicaGel 230 - 400 mesh; 10% ethylacetate in hexanes as eluent) afforded 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)isoquinoline (1.064 g, 55%) as a white solid. The 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)isoquinoline (1.05 g, 4.47 mmol) was suspended in 30 ml_ hydroiodic acid and 12 mL of acetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 2 h, then cooled to room temperature. The precipitate formed was filtered off, washed with acetic acid (2 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum to give a yellow soild. The crude compound was purified by triturating with 5% methanol in ether to give 4-isoquinolin-3-yl- phenol (0.83 g, 84%) as a white powder. MS (ES) m/z: 222.89 (M+1 ), 221.86 (M); Mp. 218-219 0C.
Example 55
Figure imgf000265_0001
4-(lsoquinolin-3-yl)phenol hydrochloride
[0247] HCI (0.4 mL, 2 N) was added to 4-isoquinolin-3-yl-phenol (0.044 g, 0.2 mmol) and the solution was heated at 60 0C for 10 min, resulting in a yellow solid. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness to give 4-(isoquinolin-3- yljphenol hydrochloride (0.45 g, 77%). MS (ES) m/z: 222.96 (M+1), 221.95 (M); 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ 180.2, 149.9, 138.8, 130.0, 129.6, 129.5, 127.8, 126.7, 116.7.
Example 56
Figure imgf000265_0002
7-(3-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1 ,6-naphthyridin-5(6H)-one
[0101] A suspension of 2-methyl nicotinic acid (1.5 g, 10.94 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), triethylamine (1.16 g, 11.48 mmol) and oxlyl chloride (2.77 g, 21.87 mmol) were stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent and excess of oxalyl chloride were removed at reduced pressure. The solid was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and methylamine hydrochloride (1.02 g, 32.81 mmol) was added on cooling followed by stirring at rt for 4 h. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by chromatography by using 5% MeOH in DCM to give 1.4 g of the amide product (95%). To a solution of the amide (1.35 g, 8.99 mmol) in THF (25 ml_), was slowly added n-butyl lithium (8.3 ml_, 20.68 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) under N2 with cooling (ice-salt bath), maintaining the temperature below 20 0C.
After addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C. The mixture was cooled to - 50 0C and a solution of 4-methoxy-3-fluoro benzonitrile (1.63 g, 10.79 mmol) in THF (10 ml_) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to rt. Saturated NH4CI solution was added under cooling, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After concentration, the crude product was purified by chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to give 918 mg of the enamine (34%). To a suspension of the enamine (400 mg, 1.33 mmol) in EtOH (15 ml_) was added cone. HCI (2 ml_). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and the solvent was removed to give 400 mg of crude methoxy compound (94%). In a 50 ml_ flask were placed the methoxy compound (400 mg, 1.40 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (6 g), followed by heating of the mixture at 190 0C for 4 h.The flask was then cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCO3 and the solid was filtered to afford 160 mg of 7-(3-fluoro-4- hydroxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1 ,6-naphthyridin-5(6H)-one (42%). MS (ES) m/z: 271.97 (M+1 ), 270.96 (M); Mp. 182-184 0C.
Figure imgf000266_0001
4-(1 ,6-Naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol
[0248] To a solution of 2-bromo-3-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (1.86 g, 10 mmol) and 4'-methoxy phenylacetylene (1.58 g, 12 mmol) in triethylamine (40 ml_) were added dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll) (140 mg, 2 mol%) and copper (I) iodide (20 mg, 1 mol%). The reaction mixture was heated at 50 0C under nitrogen for 3 h, then cooled to room temperature. The ammonium salt was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure leaving 2-(4-methoxy phenylethynyl) pyridine-3-carboxaldehyde (2.35g, 99%) as yellow solid. 2-(4-Methoxyphenylethynyl) pyridine-3-carboxaldehyde (2.28 g, 9.60 mmol) and tert-butylamine (3.83 g, 60 mmol) were stirred under nitrogen for 24 h at rt. The resulting mixture was extracted with ether and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave the imine (2.72g, 97%) which was used in next step without further purification. To a solution of this imine (2.7 g, 9.23 mmol) in 50 ml_ anhydrous DMF was added (0.190 g, 0.1 mmol) copper (I) iodide. The reaction mixture was heated at 100 0C for 4 h, then cooled to room temerature and diluted with ether (200 ml_). The organic layer was washed with sat. aquous ammonium chloride solution (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave the crude compound as a dark colored solid. Purification by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230 - 400 mesh; 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent) afforded 7-(4-methoxy phenyl) [1 ,6]naphthridine (0.730 g, 33%) as a brown solid. To a solution of 7-(4-methoxy phenyl) [1 ,6]naphthridine (0.485 g, 2.05 mmol) in anhydrous N-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (5 mL) was added thiophenol (0.25 g, 2.26 mmol) and potassium carbonate (.028 g, 0.205 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 190 0C for 1 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The crude compound was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230 - 400 mesh; 20 - 70% ethyl acetate in hexanes as fluent) to give 4-(1 ,6-naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol (0.33 g, 71 %) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 223.95 (M+1 ), 222.95 (M); Mp. 219-221 0C.
Figure imgf000267_0001
2-Fluoro-4-(5-methoxy-1-(methylamino)isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol
[0249] To a suspension of 2-methyl-3-methoxy benzoic acid (2.0 g, 12.03 mmol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL), oxalyl chloride (3.05 g, 24.07 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solvent and excess of oxalyl chloride were removed at reduced pressure. The solid was dissolved in CH2CI2 (10 ml_) and methyl amine (1.12 g, 36.1 mmol) was added on cooling and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2 to give the amide product (1.67 g, 78%). To a solution of the amide (946 mg, 5.28 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added n-butyl lithium (4.85 ml_, 12.14 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) was added slowly under N2 with cooling (ice-salt bath) maintaining temperature below -20 0C. After completion of addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 0C, then cooled to -50 0C and a solution of 4-O-TBDMS-3-fluoro benzonitrile (1.46 g, 5.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Saturated NH4CI solution was added under cooling. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2, to give two products: An enamine (260 mg) and a cyclized product (450 mg). To a suspension of the enamine (400 mg, 1.33 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL), cone. HCI (2 mL) was added and heated at 80 0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed and neutralized by NaHCO3 to give 2-fluoro-4-(5-methoxy-1-(methylamino)isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol (150 mg, 83%). MS (ES) m/z: 300.01 (M+1), 299.00 (M); Mp. 185-187 0C.
Figure imgf000268_0001
3-(3-Fluoro-4-hvdroxyphenyl)-5-methoxyisoquinolin-1(2H)-one
[0102] To a suspension of 2-methyl-3-methoxy benzoic acid (2.0 g, 12.03 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), oxalyl chloride (3.05 g, 24.07 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent and excess of oxylyl chloride were removed at reduced pressure. The solid was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and methyl amine (1.12 g, 36.1 mmol) was added on cooling and the mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to give the amide product (1.67 g, 78%). To a solution of the amide (946 mg, 5.28 mmol) in THF (20 ml_) was added n-butyl lithium (4.85 ml_, 12.14 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) was added slowly under N2 with cooling (ice-salt bath) maintaining temperature below -20 0C. After completion of addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 0C, then cooled to -50 0C and a solution of 4-O-TBDMS-3-fluoro benzonitrile (1.46 g, 5.8 mmol) in THF (10 ml_) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. Saturated NH4CI solution was added under cooling. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM, to give two products: an enamine (260 mg) and a cyclized product (450 mg). To a suspension of the cyclized product (450 mg, 1.1 mmol) in EtOH (15 ml_), cone. HCI (2 ml_) was added and heated at 60 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and the solvent was removed and purified by chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to give 85 mg of product (26%). MS (ES) m/z: 286.11; Mp. 289-291 0C.
Example 60
Figure imgf000269_0001
3-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-6,8-dimethoxyisoquinolin-1(2H)-one
[0250] To a suspension of 2-methyl-4,6-dimethoxy benzoic acid (2.8 g, 14.27 mmol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL), oxalyl chloride(3.62 g, 28.54 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent and excess of oxalyl chloride were removed at reduced pressure. The solid was dissolved in CH2CI2 (10 mL) and methyl amine hydrochloride (1.33 g, 42.81 mmol) was added on cooling and the mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by chromatography by using 5% methanol in CH2CI2, to give 1.3 g of the amide intermediate in 43% yield. To a solution of the amide intermediate (1.29 g, 6.16 mmol) in THF (30 ml_), n-butyl lithium (5.6 ml_, 14.18 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) was added slowly under N2 with cooling( ice-salt bath) maintaining the temperature below 20 0C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 0C, then cooled to -50 0C and a solution of 4-O-TBDMS-benzonitrile (1.58 g, 6.78 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 16 h at rt. Saturated aqueous NH4CI solution was added with cooling , and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude intermediate, which was purified by chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2, to give two products (1 ) 678 mg of isoquinoline in 26% yield and (2) 780 mg of quinalone product in 27% yield. To a suspension of the above quinalone product (2) (780 mg, 1.65mmol) in ethanol (20 mL), cone. HCI (2 ml) was added and the mixture was heated at 70 0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and the solvent was removed and purified by chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2 to give 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-6,8-dimethoxyisoquinolin- 1(2H)-one (215 mg, 44 %). MS (ES) m/z: 297.93 (M); Mp. 245-247 0C.
Example 61
Figure imgf000270_0001
3-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)naphthalene-1-ol
[0251] A 100 mL flask equipped with a condenser was charged with phenylacetyl chloride (5.8 mL 0.0435 mol) and 4-methoxyphenylacetylene (3.2 g, 0.024 mol). The condenser was connected to a drying tube. The flask was heated for 16 h at 180 0C under nitrogen using an oil bath. The cooled dark brown mixture was poured into 30 mL water and DCM was added. The pH was adjusted to 7.0 by a NaOH solution. The DCM was evaporated and the residue was passed through a column (hexane : EtOAc: DCM 14:1 :1) to give 3.4 g (38.2%) of product. A 50 mL flask was charged with the product (0.91 g), 0.138 g KOH, water (0.3 mL) and MeOH (10 ml_). The mixture was stirred for 12 h at rt, followed by neutralization with HCI to pH 7.0. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and purified via column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 10:1) to yield 0.42 g of product (68%). The product 3-(4-methoxy)phenyl-1-naphthol (0.290 g) and 57% HI (8 mL) were added to a 50 mL flask with reflux condenser. The flask was heated to 110 0C for 7 h, then cool to rt. The pH was adjusted to 7.0 with NaHCO3 solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was further washed with brine and dried with sodium sulfate. The residue was washed with DCM to give 234 mg of 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)naphthalene-1-ol (73.6%). MS (ES) m/z: 236.09 (M), 235.05 (M-1 ).
Example 62
Figure imgf000271_0001
4-(4H-Chromen-2-yl)-phenol
[0252] A suspension of aluminum chloride (680 mg, 5.1 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) was cooled to 0 0C under nitrogen. LAH (580 mg, 15.5 mmol) was added to the above solution and the resulting mixture was stirred for 20 min at 0 0C, and then at rt for additional 20 min, and cooled down to -50 0C. 4'-Hydroxyflavone (400 mg, 1.7 mmol) dissolved in 60 mL of THF was added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at -50 0C for 2 h and then for 2 h at rt. The reaction was quenched by careful addition of water (traces, to decompose LiAIH^.) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was initially purified by crystallization from MeOH, and then further purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 5-20% EtOAc/hexane) and repeated crystallization from MeOH to afford 109 mg of 4-(4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenol (29%). MS (ES) m/z: 225.10 (M+1), 149.04. EXAMPLE 63
Figure imgf000272_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one
[0253] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer, thiophenol (4.0 g, 36.30 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (6 g) were heated at 90-100 C. Then 4-methoxybenzoyI AcOH methyl ester (4.03 g, 18.15 mmol) was added slowly during 1.5 h. After addition, reaction mixture was heated for an additional 2 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to the rt, diluted with water and precipitates were filtered to give the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane to afford 2- (4-methoxyphenyl)-thiochromen-4-one (2.05 g, 43%).
[0254] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-thiochromen-4-one (500 mg, 1.86 mmol) and DCM (20 ml_) were taken. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C and BBr3 (933 mg, 3.72 mmol, 1 M solution in DCM) was added slowly at 0 0C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for overnight at rt under N2. The unreacted BBr3 was carefully quenched by addition of MeOH under cooling. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to afford 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)- thiochromen-4-one (380 mg, 80%). MS (ES) m/z: 255.02 (M+1).
Example 64
Figure imgf000272_0002
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenviy-ri ,41naphthoquinone [0255] To a mixture of 2-bromo-1 ,4-naphthoquinone (1.0 g, 4.22 mmol), 4- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (640 mg, 4.64 mmol), potassium phosphate (3.135 g, 14.76 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (118 mg, 0.422 mmol), toluene (20 ml_) and water (1 ml_) was added palladium acetate (47 mg, 0.21 mmol) under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C for 3 h. Thre reaction was cooled to rt and water was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine. The organic phase was separated, dried and concentrated to give crude product. Purification by column chromatography, using 10 % EtOAc in hexane, gave 480 mg of 2-(4-hydroxy- phenyl)-[1 ^naphthoquinone (45%). MS (ES) m/z : 251.03 (M+1 ).
Example 65
Figure imgf000273_0001
4-Naphthalen-2-yl-phenol
[0256] To a mixture of 2-bromonaphthalene (4.0 g, 19.32 mmol), 4- hydroxyphenylboronic acid (2.9 g, 21.24 mmol), potassium phosphate (14.35 g, 67.61 mmol), tricyclohexyl phosphine (542 mg, 1.93 mmol), toluene (80 ml_) and water (4 mL) was added palladium acetate (217 mg, 0.965 mmol) under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C for 24 h and then cooled to rt. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product. Purification by column chromatography using 10 % EtOAc in hexane afforded 105 mg of 4-naphthalen-2-yl-phenol. MS (ES) m/z: 220.07 (M) and 219.04 (M-1 ). Example 66
Figure imgf000274_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-phenyl)-1 ,1-dioxo-1 H-1A6-thiochromen-4-one
[0257] In a 50 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one (1.298 g, 5.1 mmol), Ac2O (625 mg, 6.12 mmol), Et3N (619 mg, 6.12 mmol) and catalytic amount of DMAP in DCM (10 ml_) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with water, dried and concentrated to afford the 2-(4- acetoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one (1.4 g, 96%).
[0258] To a stirred solution of 2-(4-acetoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one (800 mg, 2.69 mmol) in DCM (260 ml_), AΠ-CPBA (665 mg, 2.69 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 48 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography, using EtOAc: hexane : DCM (1 :2:7) to give 260 mg of 2-(4-acetoxy-phenyl)-1 ,1-dioxo-1H-1λ6- thiochromen-4-one.
[0259] To a solution of 2-(4-acetoxy-phenyl)-1 ,1-dioxo-1 H-1λ6- thiochromen-4-one (260 mg, 0.79 mmol) in MeOH: THF (5 ml_: 5 ml_), K2CO3 (133 mg, 0.95 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 h at rt Then the reaction mixture was neutralized by dilute HCI and extracted by EtOAc, the combined organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using 50% EtOAc in hexane, to give 134 mg (59%) of 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1 ,1-dioxo-1 H-1λ6-thiochromen-4-one. MS (ES) m/z: 286.05 (M), 285.01 (M-1 ); Mp. 222-224 °C. Example 67
Figure imgf000275_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)benzoFein ,31oxazin-4-one
[0260] Salicylamide (6.85 g, 50 mmol) and 4-acetoxybenzoyl chloride (10.9 g, 55 mmol) were dissolved in 35 ml_ anhydrous xylene. Anhydrous pyridine (0.5 imL) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed under nitrogen for 12 h. Water was removed by a Dean-Stark apparatus. The mixture was cooled to rt, and the xylene was removed under vacuum. Acetone (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The solid was filtered off, washed with acetone and dried under vacuum to give the crude compound (3.0 g). The crude compound (1.5 g) was purified by column chromatography (SilicaGel 70-230 mesh; 2-5% MeOH in DCM as eluent) to give 770 mg of 2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one (12%) as pale yellow solid. MS (ES) m/z: 240.02; Mp. 273-275 0C.
Example 68
Figure imgf000275_0002
6-Naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol
[0261] To a solution of 2-broιmo-5-hydroxypyridine (1.04 g, 6 mmol) in 25 mL anhydrous THF was added 2-naphthylboronic acid (1.03 g, 6 mmol) and 2 M aq. sodium carbonate (9 mL, 18 mmol). To this reaction mixture was added palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.7 g, 0.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, the organic layer was washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave a white powder which was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel 230-400 mesh; 3% MeOH in DCM) to give 6-naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol (0.225 g, 17%). MS (ES) m/z: 222.96 (M+1), 221.93 (M); Mp. 168-169 0C.
Example 69
Figure imgf000276_0001
4-(414-Dimethyl-4H-chromen-2-vπphenyl acetate
[0262] To a suspension of 4'-hydroxy flavone (500 mg, 2.098 mmol) intoluene (15 ml_) was cooled to 0 0C under N2. The apparatus was evacuated and filled with N2 three times and trimethylaluminum solution (2M in toluene, 5.02 ml_, 10.05 mmol) was added over 30 min. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to rt over 3 h and stirred for 14 h at rt. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 2 N HCI with cooling, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by chromatography using neutral AI2O3, to give the dimethyl product (150 mg, 28 %). In a 50 ml_ round- bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed dimethyl product (150 mg, 0.59 mmol), Ac2O (67 mg, 0.65 mmol), DCM (10 ml_) and Et3N (66 mg, 0.65 mmol) then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and concentrated to give 150 mg of 4-(4,4- dimethyl-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl acetate (85%). MS (ES) m/z: 295.95 (M+1 ), 294.92 (M); Mp. 84-86 0C.
Example 70
Figure imgf000276_0002
4-(Benzorbiπ ,41dioxin-2-yl)phenol [0263] A mixture of 4-(benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenyl acetate (270 mg, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH : THF (5 ml_: 3 ml_) and K2CO3 (167 mg, 1.2 mmol) was stirred for 30 min at rt. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and water was added. The solution was neutralized by dilute HCI and the solid was isolated by filtration, washed well with water and dried to give 175 mg of 4- (benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenol (77%). MS (ES) m/z: 225.97 (M), 224.93 (M-1 ); Mp.137-140 °C.
Example 71
Figure imgf000277_0001
4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl nicotinate
[0264] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (100 mg, 0.419 mmol), pyridine (5 mL) and nicotinoyl chloride (223 mg, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and crude product was purified by column chromatography using 50% EtOAc in hexane to give 100 mg of 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl nicotinate (69%). MS (ES) m/z : 344.09 (M+1).
Figure imgf000277_0002
4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-vQphenyl acetate
[0265] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one (150 mg, 0.63 mmol), Ac2O (96 mg, 0.94 mmol), Et3N (96 mg, 0.94 mmol) and catalytic amount of DMAP in DCM (2 mL) and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with water, dried and concentrated to gave 160 mg of acetic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl acetate (91 %). MS (ES) m/z : 281.15 (M+1), and 239.12.
Example 73
Figure imgf000278_0001
2-(4-(Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxochroman-5,7-diyl dinicotinate [0266] In a 500 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with magnetic stirrer were placed naringenin (4',5,7-trihydroxyflavanone (5 g, 18.37 mmol)), DMF (80 mL) and nicotinic acid (9 g, 73.46 mmol). EDCI (14 g, 73.46 mmol) and DMAP (1 g) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The solid was filtered and washed with DMF. Crystallization from DCM-MeOH gave 5.2 g of the product. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in DCM, which was washed with water and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using toluene - acetone (2 :1 ) to give 3.0 g of 2-(4-(nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxochroman-5,7-diyl dinicotinate (76%). MS (ES) m/z : 588.25 (M+1 ), 294.75, and 196.83.
Figure imgf000279_0001
2-(4-Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-oxo-4H-chromene-5,7-diyl dinicotinate
[0267] In a 500 ml_ round-bottomed flask fitted with magnetic stirrer were placed apigenin (4',5,7-trihydroxyflavone (5 g, 18.50 mmol)) and pyridine (250 mL). The mixture was cooled at -1O0C and nicotinoyl chloride HCI (16.5 g, 92.70 mmol) was added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at rt under nitrogen. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in chloroform, which was washed with water and evaporated. The crude product was purified by crystallization from DCM-MeOH to give 7.5 g of 2-(4- nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-oxo-4H-chromene-5,7-diyl dinicotinate (69%). MS (ES) m/z: 586.17 (M+1), 481.11 , 293.70.
Example 75
Figure imgf000279_0002
4-(4-Oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)phenyl acetate
[0268] In a 50 mL round-bottomed flask fitted with condenser and magnetic stirrer were placed 2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (212 mg, 0.89 mmol), Ac2O (99 mg, 0.97 mmol), and pyridine (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer washed with water, dried and concentrated to afford 4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)phenyl acetate (240 mg, 96%). MS (ES) m/z: 282.89 (M+1 ), 281.92 (M); Mp. 167-169 0C. Example 76
Figure imgf000280_0001
2-Amino-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-vDphenyl ester trihydrochloride
[0269] To a solution of 4'-hydroxy flavone (277 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) were added diisopropyl ethylamine (451 mg, 4.49 mmol), EDCI (245 mg, 1.28 mmol), Boc-Argenine (580 mg, 1.22 mmol) and HOBt (157 mg, 1.16 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h under N2. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the solid was filtered off. The solid product was dissolved in diethyl ether and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the Boc-protected product (730 mg, 90%). To a solution of the Boc-protected product (200 mg, 0.287 mmol) in DCM (15 mL), HCI gas was bubbled through for 6 h at 0 0C. The solid was filtered off and washed with DCM to give 133 mg of 2-amino-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2- yl)phenyl ester trihydrochloride (69%). MS (ES) m/z: 394.93 (M-Arg), 238.86.
Figure imgf000280_0002
4-(Benzofb1[1 ,41dioxin-2-vQphenyl acetate
[0270] To a solution of 1 ,4-benzodioxane (5 g, 36.72 mmol) in CCI4 (200 mL), NBS (14.38 g, 80.79 mmol) and AIBN (500 mg) were added under N2. The mixture was heated at reflux for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt. The solution was evaporated to give the crude product, which was purified by chromatography on neutral AI2O3 using 10% EtOAc in hexane to give the di- bromo compound (9.34 g, 86%). To a stirred solution of 2,3-dibromo-2,3-dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxine (9.84 g, 33.45 nfimol) in Et2O (150 ml_), was added potassium t- butoxide (4.5 g, 40.14 mmol) under N2. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt. The solid was filtered off and the solution was concentrated to give the crude product, which purified by chromatography on neutral AI2O3 using 10% EtOAc in hexane to give 2-bromodioxane (6.8 g, 95 %). To a mixture of 2-bromodioxane (1.0 g, 4.69 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl acetate (1.23 g, 4.69 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (1.18 g, 14.07 mmol), THF (50 ml.) and water (7 ml_) was added tetrakis-triphenyl phosphine palladium (271 mg, 0.23 mmol) under N2. The reaction mixture was heated to 110 0C for 5 h and then cooled to rt. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography, using 20% EtOAc in hexane to give 775 mg of 4-(benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenyl acetate (62%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.92 (M+1), 268.91 (M); Mp. 123-125 0C.
Figure imgf000281_0001
4-(lsoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate tetrahvdrochloride
[0271] HCI (0.4 ml_, 2 N) was added to 4-isoquinolin-3-yl-phenol (0.133 g, 0.6 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL). To this mixture were added HOBt (0.081 g, 0.6 mmol), Boc-Arg-(Boc)2-OH (0.285 g, 0.6 mmol), and EDCI (0.115 g, 0.6 mmol). N,N~Diisopropylethylamine (0.233 g, 1.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h. Water (15 mL) was added and the white precipitate was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give 0.3 g (74%) of the Boc-arginine derivative. The Boc derivative compound (0.3 g,) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL). HCI gas was bubbled into the solution at 0 0C for 4 h. A yellow precipitate was formed. The solvent was removed and the resulting sold was dried under vacuum. Triturating with ether gave 200 mg of 4- (isoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate tetrahydrochloride (86%). MS (ES) m/z: 222.96 (M+1-Arg), 221.99 (M-Arg); Mp. 198-201 0C.
Figure imgf000282_0001
4-(1 -Oxo-1 ,2-dihvdroisoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate trihydrochloride
[0272] 3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (150 mg, 0.63 mmol) in DMF (5 ml_), diisopropyl ethyl amine (245 mg, 1.89 mmol), EDCI ( 133 mg, 0.696 mmol), Boc-argenine (330 mg, 0.696 mmol) and HOBt (94 mg, 0.696 mmol) were stirred and stirred at rt for 24 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid was purified by column chromatography using 5% MeOH in DCM to give the tri-Boc ester product (375 mg 85%). HCI gas was bubbled through a solution of the tri-Boc ester (325 mg, 0.468 mmol) in DCM (10 ml_) for 6 h at 0 0C. The solid was filtered off and washed with DCM to give 170 mg of 4-(1-oxo-1 ,2-dihydroisoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate trihydrochloride (72%). MS (ES) m/z: 237.25 (M- Arg); 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 168.8, 163.4, 157.7, 151.0, 139.8, 139.5, 133.4, 132.8, 128.9, 127.4, 127.3, 127.25, 125.6, 122.6, 104.2, 55.6, 52.5, 27.7, 25.0.
EXAMPLE 80
Figure imgf000282_0002
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-bipyridine-4-one
[0273] To a stirred solution of 2-methoxynicotinic acid (2.3 g, 15 mmol) in 75 mL anhydrous THF was added Λ/-methyl morpholine (1.52 g, 15 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 0C. Ethylchloroformate (1.63 g, 15 mmol) was added dropwise at -100C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10 0C for 15 min. and then at rt for 10 h. Water (50 mL) was added, and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give a colorless liquid in 97% yield (3.29 g). To a solution of this colorless liquid (3.28 g, 14.57 mmol) and 4'-nitroacetophenone (2.477g, 15 mmol) in anhydrous THF (75 ml_) was added lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide 1.0M solution in THF (18 ml_) at -30 0C over a period of 45 min. Stirring continued at -30 0C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. The stirring was continued for another 15 h at rt, and the reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml_). Saturated NH4CI solution (50 ml_) was added. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Removal of solvent gave the crude product which was triturated with ether to give 1-(2-methoxy pyridine-3- yl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)propane-1 ,3-dione as yellow solid in 62% yield (2.79 g).
[0274] 1 -(2-methoxy pyridine-3-yl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl) propane-1 ,3-dione (2.16 g, 7.193 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (12.47 g, 107.9 mmol) were mixed together and stirred at 190 0C for 2 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt. Water (100 ml_) was added, the solid was separated by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (SilicaGel 230 - 400mesh; 2- 5% methanol in CH2CI2 as eluent) to give 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridine-4-one as a brown solid in 43% yield (0.82 g). MS (ES) m/z: 268.88 (M); Mp. 261-263 0C
Figure imgf000283_0001
2-(4-Hvdroxy-3-(hvdroxymethyl)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,31-b1pyridine-4-one
[0275] 2-(4-Hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (0.91 g, 0.0036 mol), acetic anhydride (1.2 g, 0.0117 mol), DMAP (0.05 g) and triethylamine (10 mL) were added to a 50 ml flask and stirred overnight at rt. The solvent was removed and ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and washed with water (80 mL), brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After the majority of the ethyl acetate was removed, hexane was added and the solid was isolated by filtration to give the acetylated intermediate (0.978 g, 92.0%).
[0276] The acetylated intermediate (0.50 g, 0.0017 mol) was dissolved into dry carbon tetrachloride (20 mL) and NBS (0.317 g, 0.00178 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux under a lamp for 3 h. After cooling the solid was filtered off and further washed with hot water to remove the succinimide. The methyl bromide was isolated by crystallization from DCM/Hexane (0.497 g, 78.2%).
[0277] The methyl bromide (0.49 g (0.0013 mol) and sodium acetate (1.07 g, 0.0131 mol) were mixed in acetic acid (20 mL) and heated to reflux for 16 hours. Acetic acid was removed and the residue was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine and dried in sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and 0.50 g of the crude diacetylated compound was isolated. The diacetylated compound (0.50 g), potassium carbonate (0.45 g), and methanol (10 mL) were mixed and stirred for 3 hours. Acetic acid (2 mL) was added and the pH was adjusted to 5. The organic solvent was removed and the crude mixture was purified by column chromatography (DCM: MeOH 20:1) and then recrystallized to give 2-(4-hydroxy- 3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridine-4-one (70 mg, 19.8%). MS (ES) m/z: 269.92 (M); Mp. 226-2270C.
Example 82
Figure imgf000284_0001
4-(6,8-Dimethoxy-1-(methylamino)isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol hydrochloride
[0278] To a suspension of 2-methyl-4,6-dimethoxy benzoic acid (2.8 g, 14.27 mmol) in CH2CI2 (30 mL), oxalyl chloride (3.62 g, 28.54 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent and excess of oxalyl chloride were removed at reduced pressure. The solid was dissolved in CH2CI2 (10 mL) and methyl amine hydrochloride (1.33 g, 42.81 mmol) was added on cooling and the mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by chromatography by using 5% methanol in CH2CI2, to give 1.3 g of the amide intermediate in 43% yield.
[0279] To a solution of the amide intermediate (1.29 g, 6.16 mmol) in THF (30 ml_) under N2 was slowly added n-butyl lithium (5.6 ml_, 14.18 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexane) with cooling ( ice-salt bath), maintaining the temperature below 20 0C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 0C, then cooled to -50 0C and a solution of 4-O-TBDMS-benzonitrile (1.58 g, 6.78 mmol) in THF (10 ml_) was added quickly. The cooling bath was removed and allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 16 h at rt. Saturated aqueous NH4CI solution was added with cooling , and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude intermediate, which was purified by chromatography using 5% methanol in CH2CI2, to give two products: (1 ) 678 mg of isoquinoline in 26% yield and (2) 780 mg of quinalone product in 27% yield.
[0280] To a suspension of the isoquinoline (678 mg, 1.59 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml_), cone. HCI (2 ml_) was added and the mixture was heated at 80 0C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, solvent was removed and the solid was washed well with ethyl acetate to give 4-(6,8-dimethoxy-1- (methylamino)isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol hydrochloride (445 mg, 80%). MS (ES) m/z: 312.04 (M+1 ); Mp. 250-253 0C
Example 83
Figure imgf000285_0001
7-Hvdroxy-3-(4-hvdroxyphenyl)-chromen-4-one
[0281] In a solution of 1-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- ethanone (2 mmol) in DMF (6 mL), freshly destilled BF3 OEt2 (6.3 mL) was added under argon. The mixture was heated at 50 0C, and a solution of methanesulphonyl chloride (1 mL) in dry DMF (1.5 mL) was added slowly. After reaction at 80 C for 1 h, the mixture was cooled to rt and poured into a large volume of ice cold aq. sodium acetate (12 g/100 mL), then extracted with EtOAc, and the organic layer was dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a mixture of DCM and MeOH to give 7-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-chromen-4-one.
Example 84
Figure imgf000286_0001
3-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[0282] To a mixture of 3-bromochromone (1.5 g, 6.66 mmol), 4-methoxy phenyl boronic acid (1.01 g, 6.66 mmol), sodium carbonate (2.12 g, 20.0 mmol), toluene (40 ml_) and water (10 ml_) was added tetrakis-triphenyl phosphine palladium (385 mg, 0.33 mmol) under N2.The reaction mixture was heated to 110 °C for 5 h and then cooled to rt. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography, using 20% EtOAc in hexane to give, 885 mg of 4'- methoxychromone product in 52% yield. A mixture of the above mentioned 4'- methoxychromone (400 mg, 1 ;58 mmol) and pyridinium hydrochloride (5 g) was heated at 190 0C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, neutralized with NaHCO3 and filtered to give 314 mg of 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H- chromen-4-one (83%). MS (ES) m/z: 239.95 (M+1 ), 238.99 (M); Mp. 237-238 0C.
Example 85
Figure imgf000286_0002
3-(4-Hvdroxyphenyl)-4H-pyranor2,3-b1pyridine-4-one
[0283] Methyl 4-methoxyphenylacetate (5.58 g, 0.031 mol) was added to anhydrous toluene (75 ml_) and the reaction mixture was kept at -70 0C.
Diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.0 M, 34 mL) in toluene was added over 25 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 20 min then a sodium-potassium- tartrate solution (100 ml_) was added to the reaction mixture. The organic layer was separated and the water layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (hexane: EtOAc 4:1) to yield 4-methoxyphenylacetaldehyde (0.90 g, 19.3%). A mixture of 4- methoxyphenylacetaldehyde (0.40 g, 2.66 mmol), morpholine (0.232 g, 2.66 mmol), and benzotriazole (0.304 g, 2.56 mmol) in ether (20 ml_) with 3A molecular sieves was stirred at rt overnight. The molecular sieves were removed by filtration and the solvent was removed. The crude product was used for next step reaction without further purification. Sodium hydride (0.125 g, 5.2 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) was added to the crude product with anhydrous THF (20 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h. THF was removed and the residue was poured into cold water (60 mL) and extracted with hexane (2 *80 ml_). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed to give the enamine (0.60 g). 2-Chloropyridine-3-carbonylchloride (0.44 g, 2.5 mmol) in dry DCM (5 mL) was added to the enamine (0.60 g), followed by triethylamine (0.5 mL) in anhydrous DCM (15 mL) at -70 0C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt overnight. The mixture was then poured into water, and the organic phase was washed with sodium bicarbonate and brine. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (EtOAc: MeOH 5:1 ) to the desired intermediate (0.45 g). The intermediate (0.45 g, 1.25 mmol) was stirred in HCI (8.0 mL, 6 N) overnight at rt. The desired compound was filtered off and washed with large amounts of water. The crude product (0.24 g, 1.18 mmol) was mixed with pyridine hydrochloride (1.4 g) and heated to 180-190 0C for 3 h. The mixture was poured into water and stirred for 30 min. The solid was filtered off and further washed with water and hexane to give 140 mg of 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H- pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (49.6%). MS (ES) m/z: 239.90; Mp. 262-264 0C.
EXAMPLE 86: ApoA-l Promoter Induction in Caco-2 Intestinal cells
[0284] To examine the effects of compounds of the invention to increase
ApoA-l expression, Caco-2 cells, an intestinal cell line derived from human epithelial intestinal cells, were grown under conditions recommended by the ATCC and summarized in United States Patent Application Publication No. 20040033480 ("Wong"), incorporated herein by reference. Wong demonstrates that resveratrol increases ApoA-l promoter activity by 2.5-times over untreated control. This study similarly demonstrates that compounds of the present invention induce ApoA-l promoter activity.
[0285] Briefly, the promoter region of the gene encoding human ApoA-l was isolated and ligated upstream of the firefly luciferase gene to construct the
reporter plasmid pAI.474-Luc. This reporter plasmid and pRSV-β-galactosidase
(as a control for transfection efficiency) were co-transfected to Caco-2 cells. The Caco-2 cells were then incubated in a MEM selection media containing 20% fetal calf serum supplemented with G418 (final concentration: 0.5 mg/mL, Gibco) to give established strains that stably express from the reporter gene. The strains were seeded in 6-well culture plates and incubated for 48 hours at 37 0C under 5% carbon dioxide. Cells were starved for 24 hrs in MEM selection media containing 0.5% FBS. Then, a solution of a compound of the invention in DMSO or other appropriate solvent was added to the wells at a final concentration of 0 to 100 μM in MEM selection media containing 0.5% FBS.
[0286] After further incubation for 48 hours, the cells were harvested and lysed using Reporter Lysis Buffer (PROMEGA E3971 ), and 50 μL of luciferase assay reagent (PROMEGA E4550 Luciferase Reporter 1000 assay system) was added to measure luciferase activity with a luminometer (Fluoroskan Ascent FL from Thermo electron Corporation). Luciferase activity was normalized to lysate protein concentrations, measured using Bradford Reagent (BioRad Protein Assay reagent Cat# 500-0006). The luciferase activity of cells treated with various concentrations of test compounds was compared to that of solvent control sample
(i.e., solvent without any compound of the present invention added) and untreated control sample. An increase in luciferase activity compared to control samples indicated that the compound of the invention increased the expression of ApoA-l.
The results provided in Table 2 are based on values obtained at 15μM concentrations.
Table 2: Induction of ApoA-l Promoter in Caco-2 Intestinal Cells
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000292_0001
Figure imgf000293_0001
[0287] The results of these assays indicate that an electron donating group in the "B"-ring, in particular the 4' position, following the flavonoid nomenclature, or R7 position in Formula I and IV, generally improves ApoA-l promoter activity. For example, a comparison of the results of 5-hydroxy-2-phenyl-4H-chromen-4-one to 5-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one demonstrated that the 4' hydroxyl plays a role in the increase in ApoA-l promoter activity. These studies further demonstrated that a nitrogen atom in the "A"-ring, following the flavonoid nomenclature of Formula I and IV, does not suppress the activity of the 4' hydroxyflavone; however, the nitrogen atom does improve the pharmacokinetic properties, for example, increasing the solubility as discussed below in connection with the solubility assays. Unexpectedly, the presence of an oxygen in the C1 position and nitrogen in the 8 position improves ApoA-l promoter activity. The presence of a carbon at position C1 and nitrogen in the 3and/or 8 positions also appears to enhance ApoA-l promoter activity. EXAMPLE 87: Kinetics of ApoA-l Promoter Induction
[0288] Whereas the preceding studies showed that the compounds of the invention stimulate ApoA-l promoter activity, the duration of action was unclear. Accordingly, the kinetics of induction of the ApoA-l promoter were assessed.
[0289] Caco-2 cells transfected with pAI.474-Luc were treated with compounds of the invention at selected time points varying from 4 to 72 hours.
This construct pAI.474-Luc contained the human ApoA-l promoter fused to the reporter gene, firefly luciferase (Luc). Wong demonstrated that when the test compound is resveratrol a significant stimulation of ApoA-l promoter activity in Caco-2 cells was observed at 4, 8, 16 and 24 hours following administration, but maximal stimulation was observed following 16 hours of exposure.
[0290] 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one was found to have a significant effect on ApoA-l promoter activity at 16, 24, 28 and 72 hours following its administration. Further, maximal stimulation appeared following 48 hour exposure. 4'-hydroxyflavone had a significant effect on stimulation of ApoA-l promoter activity in Caco-2 cells at 16, 24, and 48 hours following the administration. Maximal stimulation appeared following 48 hour exposure to the compound.
EXAMPLE 88: Confirmation of ApoA-l Induction in Caco-2 Intestinal Cells
[0291] This experiment will measure the ability of a test compound to stimulate transcriptional activity of the endogenous Apo-A1 promoter in the Caco- 2 cells. Such simulation will result in an increase in expression of ApoA-l protein, which is ultimately responsible for antiatherogenic activity. A test compound, such as, for example, 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, which has demonstrated an increase in the activity of the ApoA-l promoter in the pAI.474-Luc construct, may be tested in this assay to confirm its effect on the activity of the ApoA-l gene endogenous to the Caco-2 cells. The Caco-2 cells are cultured as described in Wong and exposed to media containing 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one or other test compound at a concentration of
5, 7.5, 10,15 or 20 μM for 24 or 48 hours. Longer exposure of the cells to the test
compound is utilized to allow adequate time for the ApoA-l protein to be secreted into the media from the Caco-2 cells, and detected. Conditioned media exposed to the cells for 24 or 48 hours is assayed for its content of ApoA-l protein using Western blot analysis and enzyme-linked immunoassay (ELISA).
[0292] Results should show an increase in the amount of ApoA-l protein in the conditioned media from cells treated with test compound as comparecfto untreated cells. The results of these studies will demonstrate that a test compound augments expression of the ApoA-l gene and is, therefore, antiatherogenic. Increased expression of the ApoA-l gene augments reverse cholesterol transport and thereby facilitates the removal of cholesterol from the body. EXAMPLE 89: ApoA-l Promoter Induction in HepG2 Liver Cells
[0293] This study determined whether compounds of the invention have an effect on ApoA-l promoter activity expression in HepG2 cells, a liver cell line. Cells were grown under conditions recommended by the ATCC and summarized by Wong.
[0294] The promoter region of the gene encoding human ApoA-l was isolated and ligated upstream the structure gene of firefly luciferase to construct a reporter plasmid (pAI.474-Luc). The reporter plasmid, along with pRSV-β- galactosidase (as a control for transfection efficiency), were co-transfected into HepG2 cells. The cells were then incubated in an MEM selection media containing 20% fetal calf serum supplemented with G418 (final concentration: 0.5 mg/mL, Gibco) to give established strains that stably express from the reporter gene. The strains were seeded to a 6-well culture plates and incubated for 48 hours at 37 0C under 5% carbon dioxide. Cells were starved for 24 hrs in MEM selection media containing 0.5% FBS. Then, a solution of the compounds of the invention in DMSO (or other appropriate solvent) was added to the wells at a final concentration of 0 to 100 μM in MEM selection media containing 0.5% FBS.
[0295] After further incubation for 48 hours, the cells were harvested and lysed using Reporter Lysis Buffer (PROMEGA E3971), and 50 μl_ of luciferase assay reagent (PROMEGA E4550 Luciferase Reporter 1000 assay system) were added to measure luciferase activity with a luminometer (Fluoroskan Ascent FL from Thermo electron Corporation). Luciferase activity was normalized to lysate protein concentrations, measured using Bradford Reagent (Biorad Protein Assay reagent Cat# 500-0006). An increase in luciferase activity compared to untreated and or control samples indicates that the compound of the invention increases the expression of ApoA-l. The results provided in Table 3 are based on average values at 15μM concentrations. Table 3: Induction of ApoA-l Promoter in HepG2 liver cells
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000297_0001
EXAMPLE 90: ApoA-l Protein Expression in HepG2 Cells
[0296] This study confirmed that compounds of the invention have an effect on ApoA-l protein secretion in HepG2 (liver) cells by measuring whether stimulation of transcriptional activity of the endogenous ApoA-l promoter in the HepG2 cells increased the abundance and secretion of ApoA-l protein.
[0297] The HepG2 cell line was obtained from the ATCC and cultured in MEM media supplemented with 10% FBS (Gibco), with 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM MEM non-essential amino acid, 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 μg/ml streptomycin and 5 μg/ml plasmocin. Cells were maintained at 370C in an atmosphere of 5% CO2. Cells were grown to 85% confluency prior to initiating the experiment.
[0298] Cells were plated and allowed to adhere overnight in a phenol red- free DMEM containing 10% of Charcoal/Dextran treated FBS (Hyclone), with 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM MEM non-essential amino acid, 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 μg/ml streptomycin and 5μg/ml plasmocin. The medium was removed, and cells were washed in 1 x PBS. Cells were then starved in phenol red-free DMEM (serum free) for a period of 24 hours. Cells were then mock treated (untreated, DMSO), or treated with compound of the invention diluted in phenol red-free DMEM (serum free) media at a concentration of 7.5 μM. Cells and media were harvested at 0, 6 and 24 hours following compound treatment.
[0299] Medium was removed from cells at the desired times and applied to a solid phase capture sandwich in an ELISA assay according to manufacturer's instructions (Total human Apolipoprotein ELISA Assay -Alercheck). FIGURE 1 shows results from an ELISA analysis to measure ApoA-l protein content from conditioned media from HepG2 Cells untreated, treated with diluent and treated with compound at 0, 6 and 24 hours after exposure. When HepG2 cells were treated for 6 and 24 hours with compound 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3- b]pyridin-4-one (Example 34), 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4H-chromen-4-one (Example 24), 4-(1 ,6-naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol (Example 57) and 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (Example 44), the ApoA-l content in the medium increased significantly when compared with untreated cells and cells treated with solvent.
[0300] While not wishing to be limited to a theory, the time course experiment indicates that the rate at which ApoA-l levels increase in the medium of HepG2 cells treated with 2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (Example 34), 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4H-chromen-4-one (Example 24), 4- (1 ,6-naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol (Example 57) and 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4H- pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one (Example 44) is starting at ~ 6 hours after the addition of compound to the medium. This may suggest that the mechanism responsible for the increase in ApoA-l production by hepatic cells involves the induction of the ApoA-l gene at the transcriptional level.
[0301] Accordingly, representative compounds of the invention activate promoter activity for ApoA-l, leading to an increase in transcription, as demonstrated in Example 86 and 89 and increase in synthesis of ApoA-l, as demonstrated in Example 90. Thus, the compounds of the invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, can be expected to elevate ApoA-l protein expression level, in intestinal and liver cells and be useful for elevating plasma ApoA-l levels in a patient to whom the compounds are administered. EXAMPLE 91 : Solubility Analysis
[0302] To evaluate the solubility of illustrative compounds of the invention, 1 mg of compound was added to 1 ml_ of PBS and sonicated for 1 hour at room temperature using the Branson 3210 Sonicator in triplicate and incubated in a water bath at 25°C for 3 hrs. Samples were then centrifuged at 14,000 rpm for 6 minutes at room temperature. The supernatant was diluted with acetonitrile and was removed for analysis. Analysis was performed using HPLC-UV with 7-point standard curve to determine the concentration. The average concentration calculated is regarded as the solubility (μM). Table 4 shows the results of these experiments. TABLE 4: Solubility Analysis
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
*S.P. Ng et al., "Evaluation of the first-pass glucoronidation of select flavones in the gut by Caco2 monolayer model," J. Pharm. Pharmaceut. Sci. 8(1):1-9 (2005)
[0303] These experiments indicate that the solubility of representative compounds of the invention is significantly better than that of naturally occurring polyphenols, such as apigenin with a solubility of 3.27 μM. The poor bioavailability of naturally occurring polyphenols is partially attributed to poor solubility. As such, solubility is unlikely to affect the validity of any in vitro tests performed on the compounds of the invention, and formulation of these compounds for in vivo work should not be technically difficult to one skilled in the art. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof, are suitable for human use due to the unexpected utility of improved solubility. EXAMPLE 92: Caco-2 Permeability
[0304] The Caco-2 cell drug transport model is widely used for screening compounds in drug discovery to assess intestinal transport and predict absorption rates. For example, the fraction of drug absorbed in human could be determined by in vivo human permeability or predicted by in vitro Caco-2 permeability; if compound permeability in Caco-2 cells reaches 13.3 - 18.1 x 10"6 cm/s, it is predicted that in vivo, permeability in humans would reach 2 x 10~4 cm/s, and the predicted fraction of drug absorbed would be >90%, which is defined as highly permeable. (D. Sun et al., "In vitro testing of drug absorption for drug 'developability' assessment: forming an interface between in vitro preclinical data and clinical outcome," Curr. Opin. Drug Discov. Devel. 7(1):75-85 (2004). Therefore, in vitro absorption testing is a highly valuable tool for comparison of structural analogues for improved intestinal absorption, and to identify compounds within the decision-making process for clinical studies at early-stage drug discovery and development.
[0305] The method of B. Hai-Zhi et al., "High-throughput Caco-2 cell permeability screening by cassette dosing and sample pooling approaches using direct injection/on-line guard cartridge extraction/tandem mass spectrometry," Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 14:523-528 (2000) may be used with obvious modifications to someone skilled in the art. FIGURE 2 and Table 5 show the results of permeability of representative compounds of the invention in an in vitro Caco-2 intestinal transport model over time, and compared to resveratrol and 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chomen-4-one (apigenin). TABLE 5: Permeability Analysis
Figure imgf000302_0001
Figure imgf000303_0001
[0306] These experiments indicate that the permeability of representative compounds of the invention are equivalent to or greater than naturally occurring polyphenols, such as 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chomen-4-one (apigenin) with a permeability of 1.50 x 10'6 or resveratrol with a permeability 3.34 x 10"6. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof, are potentially suitable for human use due to the permeability of intestinal cells to these compounds. EXAMPLE 93: Transgenic Mice
[0307] To test whether the efficacy of compounds of the invention observed in vitro extended to an in vivo model, transgenic mice carrying multiple copies of the human ApoA-l gene (C57BI/6-tgn(apoa1)1rub, Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, ME) were exposed to representative compounds of the invention. The exogenous human ApoA-l gene in these mice enables them to express the human ApoA-l protein under the control of this promoter.
[0308] Seven to eight week old male mice, transgenic for human ApoA-l were housed five per cage (10"x20"x8" with aspen chip bedding) with pelleted Rodent chow [Purina 5001] and water available at all times. After an acclimation period of 1 week, animals were individually identified by numbering on tail and weighed. Mice were pre bled via the retro-orbital plexus, and 150 μl of blood was collected in 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing 1 μl of heparin and chilled on ice. Plasma was collected after centrifuging the whole blood at 14000 rpm [TOMY high speed micro-refrigerated centrifuge NTX-150] for 10 minutes at 4°C and frozen at -800C. Plasma was analyzed for: human ApoA-l by a human ApoA-l enzyme- linked Immunoassay [Direct Sandwich ELISA Calbiochem Cat#178422, Calbiochem Cat#178452, lot #B9076, Calbiochem Cat #178470 conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase (Cedarlane Cat#80220)]; total cholesterol [Ponte scientific reagents: # C7509-STD, #L7580-18, # C7510]; and triglyceride [Pointe Scientific Reagents: # 7532-STD, # L7580-18, #7532]. All samples were measured in triplicates and expressed as mg/dl. Mice were grouped based on the above plasma parameters and having an average body weight of 25 gm.
[0309] Two days following pre-bleed, mice were dosed by oral gavage daily for 14 days using a 20 gauge, 11/2" curved disposable feeding needle [Popper & Sons]; when BID, mice were gavaged morning and afternoon (8 am and 5 pm); when SID mice were gavaged in morning (8 am). Compounds were prepared each day in vehicle. Test article(s), a positive control fenofibrate, and vehicle were dosed at volume of 5 mL/kg of body weight as a suspension (0.1 mL/20 g mouse). Fenofibrate was obtained commercially [SIGMA #F 6020]. Mice weights were recorded on day 1 , 4, 7, 10, 12, and 15. On day 15, mice were weighed and fasted for 4 hours, sacrificed by inhalation of CO2 and blood was obtained via cardiac puncture (0.7-1.0 ml). Plasma was collected and frozen at -8O0C. Samples were assayed for ApoA-l, total cholesterol, triglyceride and HDL-C by HPLC [Polaris 200 with an auto sampler Prostar 410 from Varian on a Superose 6
10/30 column from Amersham]. Samples were sent for NMR analysis [LipoScience] to identify particle size and subclass for lipoproteins. During necropsy, liver, brown fat, and the whole of small and large intestines were collected, cleaned with cold PBS and frozen at -800C for further analysis of compound levels. Variation between studies, in ApoA-l changes, was observed. Therefore, a relative comparison between individual(s) in the study groups was used.
Experiment A
[0310] 4'-hydroxyflavone (10 mg/kg of body weight), 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen- 2-yl)phenyl nicotinate (Example 71) (10 mg/kg of body weight) and fenofibrate (100 mg/kg of body weight) were BID administered to hApoA-l transgenic mice daily for fourteen days by oral gavage in 0.5% Methylcellulose (w/v) / 1% Tween 80 (w/v). Plasma was assayed for ApoA-l (FIGURE 3A), HDL cholesterol and total cholesterol (FIGURE 3B) and percent weight gain (FIGURE 3C).
[0311] In the hApoA-l transgenic mice, 4'-hydroxyflavone and 4-(4-oxo-4H- chromen-2-yl)phenyl nicotinate (Example 71) increased plasma ApoA-l with a net % change over vehicle of 32.44 and 12.82, respectively, after two weeks of treatment (FIGURE 3A). Study group treated 4'-hydroxyflavone was selected for full lipoprotein cholesterol profile analysis using NMR. Lipoprotein cholesterol profiles demonstrated that treatment with 4'-hydroxyflavone resulted in a marked alteration in the distribution of cholesterol among lipoproteins (FIGURE 3B). In particular, 4'-hydroxyflavone caused a marked elevation in HDL cholesterol after two weeks of treatment (12.6% net % change). Notably, one adverse effect of fenofibrate treatment is liver weight gain, largely due to increased hepatic peroxisome proliferation. This was confirmed, as shown in FIGURE 3C, that fenofibrate in male, day 15, hApoA-l transgenic mice caused a significant increase in liver weight gain when normalized to body weight, compared to vehicle. 4'-hydroxyflavone and 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl nicotinate (Example 71 ) showed minor changes relative to vehicle. The lack of change in body weight in mice suggests that the compounds of the invention may not act as peroxisomal proliferator activator receptor alpha ligands. These results indicate that the compounds of the invention are useful for increasing plasma ApoA-l and elevating circulating HDL, without the adverse side effect associated with liver weight gain in a patient to whom the compound is administered.
Experiment B
[0312] 4'-hydroxyflavone (3 mg/kg of body weight), 4'-hydroxyflavone (10 mg/kg of body weight), 4'-hydroxyflavone (30 mg/kg of body weight), 2-(4- Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (10 mg/kg of body weight), and fenofibrate (100 mg/kg of body weight) were BID administered to hApoA-l transgenic mice daily for fourteen days by oral gavage in 0.5% methylcellulose (w/v) / 1 % Tween 80 (w/v). In this experiment plasma was assayed for ApoA-l.
[0313] In the hApoA-l transgenic mice, 4'-hydroxyflavone at 10 mpk and 2- (4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one (Example 71 ) at 10 mpk increased plasma ApoA-l with a net % change over vehicle 31.24 and 3.75, respectively, after two weeks of treatment. This trend is consistent with results observed in Experiment A, that is 4'-hydroxyflavone and 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl nicotinate (Example 71) elevate the levels of circulating ApoA-l protein in a mammalian system. A lack of statistically significant change in ApoA-l at 3 and 30 mpk over vehicle suggests that the therapeutically effective amount of 4'- hydroxyflavone may be between 3 and 30 mpk and, more preferably, 10 mpk to observe an increase in ApoA-l. Experiment C
[0314] In a number of different experiments following protocols similar to Experiments A and B, representative compounds of the invention and fenofibrate (positive control) were administered daily at various doses to 7-8 week old hApoA- I transgenic mice for 14 days BID or SID by oral gavage in a dosing vehicle (Control 1 was 0.5% MC & 1% Tween 80 and Control 3 was F-101).
[0315] Table 6 below shows the effect of these compounds, and fenofibrate on the percent change in plasma ApoA-l, relative to pretreatment values, in hApoA-l transgenic mice. All mice were treated BID for 14 days.
Table 6: In Vivo Effect on ApoA-l Expression
Figure imgf000308_0001
Figure imgf000309_0001
* p < 0.05
[0316] These results demonstrate that compounds of the invention activate the human ApoA-l transgene in mice, leading to an increase in circulating ApoA-l. Thus, the compounds of the invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, can be expected to elevate ApoA-l protein level and to be useful for elevating plasma ApoA-l levels in a patient to whom the compounds are administered.
EXAMPLE 94: Measurement of AGCCCCCGC Sequence Element
Induction
[0317] Caco-2 or HepG2 cells are exposed to effective concentrations of compounds of the invention. The cells are first transfected using standard techniques with a reporter construct comprising one or more copies of the nine nucleotides, 5'-AGCCCCCGC-3' acting as an enhancer element (Kilbourne et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:7004 (1995)), operably linked to a promoter (for example, the thymidine kinase (TK) promoter), operably linked to a reporter gene (for example luciferase, CAT, or the ApoA-l gene) along with pRSV-β-galactosidase, which monitors transfection efficiency (as taught in Wong). Compounds of the invention are then dissolved in appropriate solvent (for example, DMSO) and then added to the culture media for 16 hours. At the end of the treatment, the cells are harvested, and the reporter gene activity is measured using standard assays. Increased or decreased reporter gene activity indicates that compounds of the invention have the ability to modulate transcription from promoters that contain the nine nucleotide sequence 5'-AGCCCCCGC-3', which is believed to comprise an egr-1 responsive element.
EXAMPLE 95: Measurement of Antioxidant Effectiveness
[0318] The antioxidant performance of compounds of the invention is demonstrated by measuring the extent of low density lipoprotein hydroxyperoxide by copper catalyzed autoxidation using a published dye based color assay. FOX Assay, Zadeh, Methods in Enzymology, 300:58 (1999). Samples containing only LDL and copper sulfate without test materials, serve as a positive control for comparison with identical mixtures containing test materials.
[0319] Human Low Density Lipoprotein (Sigma Chemical Company L2139) in phosphate buffered saline pH 7.4 is mixed with copper sulfate. Incubation with effective amounts of compounds of the invention at 25°C or 37°C open to air effects oxidation, and the mixture is sampled at time zero and between 3 and 20 hours of incubation for measurement of hydroperoxide in the FOX assay. Samples are read in a microtitre plate reader. Decreased hydroperoxide as measured by the FOX assay reveals the anti-oxidant activity of compounds of the invention and their usefulness for the treatment or prevention of disorders, diseases or conditions associated with oxidation or benefiting from the administration of anti-oxidants. An example of such a condition that would benefit from the treatment of anti-oxidants is cardiovascular disease.
EXAMPLE 96: Measurement of Antioxidant Activity by LDL Oxidation Assay
[0320] The method of Esterbauer (Esterbauer, H. et al Free Radio Res Commun 6:67 (1989)) may be used, with some modification as follows: the compound is dissolved with an appropriate solubilizing agent in a phosphate buffer solution (PBS, 0.15 M NaCI-0.05 M Na Phosphate Buffer-pH 7.4). The
exact concentration is noted (approximately 30-60 μL/mL of extract to be
measured). To 100 μL of this solution is added to 900 μl_ of an oxidizing buffer
(made from human LDL, 120 μL of 5 mg/mL solution with d=1.019-1.063 g/mL,
purchased from Perlmmune, Rockville, MD) and copper sulfate (20 μL of 10 mM
aqueous solution) in 8 mL PBS). A blank sample made with 100 μL PBS and 900
μL oxidizing buffer is also prepared. Each solution is then transferred to a 1 cm
quartz cuvette, and the cuvette is placed into thermostat (37°C). An HP-8452A Diode Array Spectrophotometer measures optical density at 234 nm (OD sub 234), making a measurement every 5 minutes. The lag time for oxidation is calculated as the maximum of the first derivative of the optical density curve. A standard containing ascorbic acid is run with each assay.
EXAMPLE 97: Effects on LDL-Cholesterol, HDL-Cholesterol and
Triglyceride Levels in Male Sprague-Dawley Rats
[0321] Compounds of the invention are administered daily at a dose of 100 mg/kg to chow fed male Sprague-Dawley rats for seven days in the morning by oral gavage in 1.5% carboxymethylcellulose/0.2% Tween-20 (dosing vehicle). Animals are weighed daily. Animals are allowed free access to rodent chow and water throughout the study. After the seventh dose, animals are sacrificed in the evening and blood serum is assayed for lipoprotein cholesterol profiles, serum triglycerides, total cholesterol VLDL, LDL, and HDL cholesterol, and the ratio of HDL cholesterol to that of VLDL plus LDL cholesterol, apolipoproteins Al, C-Il, C- III, and E by Immunoelectrophoresis, and percent weight gain.
[0322] Blood serum is assayed for total cholesterol and triglycerides, lipoprotein cholesterol profiles, VLDL plus LDL cholesterol combined (also referred to as ApoB containing lipoprotein cholesterol or non-HDL cholesterol), HDL cholesterol, and the ratio of HDL cholesterol to that of VLDL plus LDL cholesterol, serum glucose, and non-esterified fatty acids, and percent weight
gain.
EXAMPLE 98: Effects on LDL-Cholesterol, HDL-Cholesterol and Triglyceride Levels in Obese Female Zucker Rats
[0323] Compounds of the invention and troglitazone are administered daily at various doses to 10-week old chow fed obese female Zucker rats for 14 days in the morning by oral gavage in 1.5% carboxymethylcellulose/0.2% Tween-20 (dosing vehicle). Animals are weighed daily. Animals are allowed free access to rodent chow and water throughout the study. Blood glucose is determined after a 6-hour fast in the afternoon without anesthesia from a tail vein. Serum is also prepared from a blood sample subsequently obtained from the orbital venous plexus (with O2/CO2 anesthesia) prior to and after one week treatment and used lipid and insulin determinations. At two weeks, blood glucose is again determined after a 6-hour fast without anesthesia from a tail vein. Soon thereafter, animals are sacrificed by CO2 inhalation in the evening and cardiac blood serum is collected and assessed for various lipids and insulin. Body weight is determined daily prior to dosing and at the time of euthanasia.
[0324] Blood serum is assayed for serum non-HDL cholesterol, HDL- cholesterol, triglyceride and body weight (relative to pretreatment values) in fasted (6 hours) chow-fed obese female Zucker rats. Blood glucose and serum insulin levels are determined from fasted rats just prior to and following one and two weeks of treatment. Blood glucose is maintained at slightly elevated levels for 10- 12 week old obese Zucker rats during treatment with all doses, with the exception of the doses, whereby the compounds show a tendency to lower blood glucose. Percent liver to body weight is determined after two weeks of treatment at the time of sacrifice.
EXAMPLE 99: Effects on Lipoprotein Cholesterol Profile in LDL Receptor- Deficient Mice
[0325] Homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia is a rare human disease (affecting about 1/1 ,000,000) characterized by absent or defective LDL receptors, markedly elevated serum LDL cholesterol levels and very early and severe onset of atherosclerosis. The more common form of this disease in humans, heterozygous familial hypercholesterolemia, occurs in about one in every 500 humans. Patients with the heterozygous form of this disease also present with elevated LDL levels and early onset of atherosclerosis.
[0326] The effect of the compounds of the invention on LDL levels in a murine model of homozygous familial hypercholesterolemia (Ishibashi et al., J. CHn. Invest. 92:883 (1993); Ishibashi et al., J. CHn. Invest. 93:1885 (1994)) is studied. LDL receptor-deficient mice have elevated LDL cholesterol relative to wild type mice when fed a chow diet. When fed cholesterol-enriched diets, these mice develop atherosclerosis.
EXAMPLE 100: Effect on Synthesis of Non-Saponified and Saponified
Lipids in Hepatocytes Isolated From Male Sprague- Dawley Rats
[0327] A male Sprague-Dawley rat is anesthetized by administration of sodium pentobarbital by intraparitoneal injection at 50 mg/kg. In situ perfusion of the liver is performed as follows. The abdomen of the animal was opened, the portal vein canulated, and the liver perfused with WOSH solution (149 mM NaCI, 9.2 mM Na HEPES, 1.7 mM fructose, 0.5 mM EGTA, 0.029 mM phenol red, 10 U/ml heparin, pH 7.5) at a flow rate of 30 ml/min for 6 minutes. To digest the liver, DSC solution (6.7 mM KCI, 143 mM NaCI, 9.2 mM Na HEPES1 5 mM CaCI2 - 2H2O, 1.7 mM fructose, 0.029 mM Phenol red, 0.2 % BSA, 100 U/ml collagenase Type I, 93 U/ml hyaluronidase, 160 BAEE/ml trypsin inhibitor, pH 7.5) is perfused through the liver at a flow rate of 30 ml/min for 6 minutes at a temperature of 37°C. After digestion, cells are dispersed in a solution of DMEM containing 2 mM
GlutMax-1 , 0.2% BSA, 5% FBS, 12 nM insulin, 1.2 μM hydrocortisone to stop the
digestion process. The crude cell suspension is filtered through three layers of
stainless steel mesh with pore sizes of 250, 106, and 75 μm respectively. Filtered
cells are centrifuged at 50 x g for two minutes and the supernatant discarded. The resulting cell pellet is resuspended in DMEM and centrifuged again. This final cell pellet is resuspended in DMEM+HS solution (DMEM containing 2 mM GlutMax-1 , 20 nM delta-aminolevulinic acid, 17.4 mM MEM non-essential amino
acids, 20% FBS, 12 nM insulin, 1.2 μM hydrocortisone) and plated to form
monolayer cultures at a density of 100 x103 cells/cm2 on collagen coated culture dishes. Four hours after initial plating, media is changed to DMEM+ (DMEM containing 2 mM GlutMax-1 , 20 nM delta-aminolevulinic acid, 17.4 mM MEM non¬
essential amino acids, 10% FBS, 12 nM insulin, 1.2 μM hydrocortisone) and
remained on cells overnight.
[0328] To test the effect of compounds of the invention on synthesis rates of non-saponified and saponified lipids, the monolayer cultures are exposed to 1
μM of lovastatin or 100 μM of test compound in DMEM+ containing 1 μCi/ml 14C-
acetate. Control cells are exposed to the same media lacking lovastatin or the test compounds. All are exposed to 0.1% DMSO. Metabolic labeling with 14C- acetate continued for 2 hr at 37° C. After labeling, cells are washed twice with 1 ml of PBS followed by lysing in 1 ml of deionized water. Cells are scraped from the dishes, transferred to glass tubes and sonicated. 2.5 ml of 2:1 chloroform/methanol mixture was added followed by 1.5 ml of Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS). To correct for extraction efficiency in the upcoming extractions, 3000 dpm of 3H-cholesterol was added to each tube. Tubes are shaken for 30 min. to extract lipids into the organic phase followed by centrifugation for 10 minutes at 1000 x g to separate the organic and aqueous phases. The lower organic phase containing total lipids is removed and placed in a new tube. The organic solution is evaporated under N2. The dry lipid extract was resuspended in 1 ml of 93% ethanol containing 1 M KOH and placed at 70 0C. for 2.5 hours. After the reaction and cooling, 2 ml of hexane and 2.5 ml of water is added to each tube followed by rigorous shaking for 10 min. Tubes are centrifuged for 10 min. at 1000 x g and the organic (top) layer containing the non-saponified lipids is transferred to a new tube followed by evaporation of the organic solvent under N2. The aqueous phase containing the saponified lipids is also transferred to a new tube. The non-saponified lipid extract, after drying, is resuspended in toluene and an aliquot of the suspension is added to a scintillation cocktail for radioactive counting. The number of 14C counts representing the incorporation of 14C-acetate into non-saponified lipids is corrected for extraction efficiency, based on the recovery of 3H counts extracted. To isolate saponified lipids, 1.5 ml of aqueous
phase solution is mixed with 400 μl of 1 M HCI, and then lipids are extracted by
the addition of 2.5 ml of 2:1 chloroform:rnethanol, 1.5 ml of PBS, and 1 ml of water followed by rigorous shaking and isolation of the organic phase. The organic phase from this extraction is evaporated under N2 and resuspended in toluene. Its radioactivity is counted using scintillant to provide the rate of 14C-acetate incorporation into saponified lipid.
EXAMPLE 101: Measurement and Comparison of HDL, LDL, VLDL and
Triglyceride Levels in Humans
[0329] Compounds of the invention are administered daily to human subjects. Other dietary uptake is monitored and held constant between individuals. Blood samples are taken on the day 0, prior to commencing the administration of the compounds, and once weekly for 3 to 6 months. Blood serum is assayed for total cholesterol and triglycerides, lipoprotein cholesterol profiles, VLDL plus LDL cholesterol combined (also referred to as ApoB containing lipoprotein cholesterol or non-HDL cholesterol), HDL cholesterol, HDL2 and HDL3 cholesterol fractions, and the ratio of HDL cholesterol to that of VLDL plus LDL cholesterol, utilizing standard, commercially available cholesterol tests, such as the VAP test (Atherotech Inc, Birmingham, AL) which can reproducibly measure these parameters from a small sample of human blood. Alternatively, HDL2 and HDL3 can be measured from blood by the method of Kulkarni et al., J. Lipid Res. 38:2353 (1997) or by the method of Gidez et al., J. Lipid Res. 23:1206 (1982). Compounds of the invention which increase total HDL, increase HDL2, decrease total LDL, decrease VLDL, decrease triglyceride, or increase the HDL/total cholesterol or HDL/LDL ratios as determined in such a blood test are useful for the treatment of cholesterol or lipid associated disorders.
EXAMPLE 102: Measurement of Atherosclerotic Lesion Size Using
Proteoglycan-Binding-Defective LDL
[0330] A nucleic acid construct may be used to generate mice expressing a proteoglycan-binding-defective LDL. The transgenic mice are fed a diet containing 1.2% cholesterol, 0.5% bile salts, and 20% fat for 17 weeks. The mice are then sacrificed, and the aortas are perfusion fixed and analyzed with the en face procedure, in which the entire aorta is pinned out flat, stained with Sudan IV, and analyzed with a morphometric image-analysis system (lmage-1/AT) to quantitate the extent of atherosclerosis. EXAMPLE 103: Determination of ACAT Inhibition
[0331] The activity of compounds of the invention as inhibitors of ACAT may be determined by known methods, for example, those taught in US Patent 6,165,984, incorporated herein by reference and summarized below.
[0332] First, rats are sacrificed by decapitation and the livers excised. 1 g of each of the livers is homogenized in 5 ml of homogenization medium (0.1 M
KH2PO4, pH 7.4, 0.1 mM EDTA and 10 mM β-mercaptoethanol). The
homogenate is centrifuged at 3,000 x g for 10 min. at 4°C. and the supernatant thus obtained is centrifuged at 15,000 x g for 15 min. at 40C. to obtain a supernatant. The supernatant is put into an ultracentrifuge tube (Beckman) and centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 1 hour at 4°C to obtain microsomal pellets, which are then suspended in 3 ml of the homogenization medium and centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 1 hour at 4°C. The pellets thus obtained are suspended in 1 ml of the homogenization medium. The concentration of proteins in the resulting suspension is determined by Lowry's method and then adjusted to 4 to 8 mg/ml. The resulting suspension is stored in a deep freezer (Biofreezer, Forma Scientific Inc.).
[0333] 6.67 μl of 1 mg/ml cholesterol solution in acetone is mixed with 6 μl
of 10% Triton WR-1339 (Sigma Co.) in acetone and, then, acetone is removed from the mixture by evaporation using nitrogen gas. Distilled water is added to the resulting mixture in an amount to adjust the concentration of cholesterol to 30 mg/ml. To 10 μl of the resulting aqueous cholesterol solution is added 10 . μl of 1
M KH2 PO4 (pH 7.4), 5 μl of 0.6 mM bovine serum albumin (BSA), 10 μl of
microsome solution obtained in (Step 1 ) and 55 μl of distilled water (total 90 μl).
The mixture is pre-incubated in a waterbath at 370C. for 30 min.
[0334] 10 μl of (1-14C) oleoyl-CoA solution (0.05 μCi, final concentration: 10
μM) is added to the pre-incubated mixture and the resulting mixture is incubated
in a waterbath at 370C. for 30 min. To the mixture is added 500 μl of
isopropanohheptane mixture (4:1 (v/v)) 300 μl of heptane and 200 μl of 0.1 M
KHaPO4 (pH 7.4), and the mixture is mixed violently by using a vortex and then
allowed to stand at a room temperature for 2 min. 200 μl of the resulting
supernatant is put in a scintillation bottle and 4 ml of scintillation fluid (Lumac) is added thereto. The mixture is assayed for radioactivity with liquid scintillation counter. ACAT activity is calculated as picomoles of cholesteryl oleate synthesized per min. per mg protein (pmoles/min/mg protein). EXAMPLE 104: Determination of inhibition of HMG-CoA reductase
[0335] The potency of inhibition of HMG-CoA reductase by compounds of the invention may be determined using known methods, such as that taught in US Patent 5,877,208, incorporated herein by reference and summarized below.
[0336] Rats are sacrificed by decapitation and the livers are excised and immediately placed in an ice-cold homogenization medium (50 mM KH2 PO4 (pH 7.0), 0.2M sucrose, 2 mM dithiothreitol (DTT). The livers are homogenized in the homogenization medium (2 ml medium/g of the liver) with a Waring blender for 15 sec. (three strokes with a motor-driven Teflon pestle in a Potter-Elvehjem type glass homogenizer). The homogenate is centrifuged at 15,000 x g for 10 min. and the supernatant thus obtained is centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 75 min. to obtain microsomal pellets, which are then resuspended in the homogenization medium containing 50 mM EDTA and centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 60 min. The supernatant containing the microsome is used as an enzyme source.
[0337] The activity of HMG-CoA reductase is determined by employing radiolabeled 14C HMG-CoA, in accordance with the method of Shapiro et al. (Shapiro et al Biochemica et Biophysica Acta 370:369 (1974)) as follows. The enzyme in the supernatant containing the microsome obtained in (Step 1) is
activated at 37°C. for 30 min. Added to a reaction tube is 20 μl of HMG-CoA
reductase assay buffer (0.25M KH2 PO4 (pH 7.0), 8.75 mM EDTA, 25 mM DTT,
0.45M KCI and 0.25 mg/ml BSA), 5 μl of 50 mM NADPH1 5 μl of radiolabeled 14C
HMG-CoA (0.05 μCi/tube, final cone. 120 μM), and 10 μl of activated microsomal
enzyme (0.03-0.04 mg), and the mixture is incubated at 37°C. for 30 min. The
reaction is terminated by adding 10 μl of 6M HCI to the mixture, and the mixture is
incubated at 37°C. for 15 min. to allow complete lactonization of the product. The precipitate is removed by centrifugation at 10,000 x g for 1 min. and the supernatant is applied to a Silica gel 6OG TLC plate (Altech, Inc., Newark, U.S.A.) and then developed with benzene:acetone (1 :1 , v/v). The appropriate region is removed by scraping with a disposable cover slips and assayed for radioactivity with 1450 Microbeta liquid scintillation counter (Wallacoy, Finland). Enzyme activities are calculated as picomoles mevalonic acid synthesized per min. per mg protein (pmoles/min/mg protein). Control rats show a relatively high HMG-CoA reductase activity, while the HMG-CoA activities observed with rats fed compounds of the invention are lower than that of the control group. EXAMPLE 105: Method of Determining the ABCA-1 Activating Ability
[0338] This test will demonstrate the effectiveness of compounds of the invention on ABCA-1 gene expression, using a known method, as taught in United States Patent 6,548,548, incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, the pGL3 luciferase reporter vector system (Promega, Madison, Wis.) is used to create a recombinant plasmid to measure reporter gene expression under control of the ABCA-1 promoter.
[0339] Plasmid pGL3-Basic (Promega, Madison, Wis.; Cat. #E1751) is used as a control plasmid containing the promoterless luciferase gene. The reporter construct containing the ABCA-1 promoter and luciferase gene is made by cloning a genomic fragment from the 5' flanking region of the ABCA-1 gene (hAPR1 5' promoter, corresponding to nucleotides 1080-1643 of SEQ ID NO: 3 as disclosed in United States Patent 6,548,548) into the Sad site of the GL3-Basic plasmid to generate plasmid GL-6a. Next, plasmid GL-6a is digested with Spel and Acc65l. A BsiWI-Spel fragment excised from a lambda subclone, representing the ABCA-1 genomic sequence corresponding to nucleotides 1-1534 of SEQ ID NO: 3 is ligated into the remaining vector/ABCA-l promoter fragment produced by this digestion. The resultant plasmid, pAPR1 , encodes the luciferase reporter gene under transcriptional control of 1.75 kb of the human ABCA-1 promoter sequence.
[0340] The control or pAPR1 plasmid wisas transfected into confluent cultures of RAW 264.7 cells maintained in DMEM containing 10% fetal bovine serum. Each well of a 12 well dish is transfected for 5 hours with either pGL3-
Basic, pGL3-Promoter or pAPR1 DNA (1 μg), luciferase plasmid DNA (1 μg), and
12 μl of Geneporter reagent (Gene Therapy Systems, San Diego, Calif.; Cat. #T201007). In addition, 0.1 μg of pCMVβ plasmid DNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.,
Cat. #6177-1 ) is added as a control for transfection efficiency. After 5 hours, the culture medium is replaced with serum-free DMEM/BSA in the presence or
absence of acetylated LDL (100 μg/ml) and incubated for 24 hours.
[0341] Following transfection, the cells in each well are lysed in 70 μl of 1x
cell lysis reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis., Cat. #E3971 ), subjected to one freeze-thaw cycle, and the lysate cleared by centrifugation for 5 minutes at 12,000
x g. After centrifugation, 100 μl of luciferase assay reagent (Promega, Madison,
Wis.; Cat. #E1501) is added to 10 μl of lysate. The luciferase activity of each
lysate is measured as light units using a luminometer. Additionally, the β-
galactosidase activity of each lysate is measured using the chemiluminescent assay reagents supplied in the Galacto-light kit according to the manufacturer's instructions (Tropix Inc., Bedford, Mass.: Cat. #BL100G). The normalized luciferase activity for each lysate is determined by dividing the luciferase activity
value by the determined β-galactosidase value and reported as relative light
units. EXAMPLE 106: Measurement of Reduced Hypertension In Vivo
[0342] A pressure transducer is connected to the right carotid artery via a catheter containing heparinized saline. The mean arterial pressure and heart rate are recorded. The rats are anesthetized with nembutal at an initial dose of 35 mg/kg body weight with additional smaller injections as necessary. The compounds are dissolved in a pharmaceutical carrier (such as Abbott's 5% dextrose USP) and injected into the rats via a catheter in the right femoral vein. Positive controls that may be employed include sodium nitroprusside and NaNO2, while NaNO3 may be employed as a negative control. The results will show that the compounds provided for in the invention are potent anti-hypertensives, that decreases blood pressure significantly. The peak value of the blood pressure decrease should take a short time to reach, for example, approximately one minute, after injection and the blood pressure should start to rise again soon thereafter and should have totally recovered within about approximately 10 to 15 minutes.
EXAMPLE 107: Measurement of the Reduction of Degree of Restenosis After Arterial Injury in High Cholesteric Rabbits
[0343] The procedure of Tomaru, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,595,974 and further described by Goodman in US Patent 6,022,901 , both herein incorporated by reference, may be used to evaluate the utility of the compounds of the invention to preventing restenosis in high cholesteric rabbits. EXAMPLE 108: Use in Preventing Restenosis in Humans
[0344] The procedure of Tardif et al., New England J. Med. 337:365 (1997))may be carried out as described by Goodman in United States Patent 6,022,901 , incorporated herein by reference, to examine the ability of compounds of the invention to prevent restenosis in humans. EXAMPLE 109: Measurement of Platelet Anti-Aggregating Activity
[0345] Platelet anti-aggregating activity may be evaluated in vitro on human platelets stimulated by thrombin in accordance with the method described by Bertele et al., Science 220:517 (1983).
EXAMPLE 110: Measurement of the Influence on ADP-lnduced Aggregation of Platelets in Rabbits
[0346] Aggregation of platelet testing: Rabbit blood is sampled by cardiac puncture from rabbit with silicon-coated syringe. The blood is mixed with 3.8% sodium citrate at 9:1 and spun at 1 ,000 rpm for 6 minutes. 1 ml of the platelet-rich plasma is transferred to a silicon-coated 2 ml cell, mixed and read for transmittance (Ti), with a spectrophotometer. 0.02 ml of ADP (10 mu.M) is added, stirred, and read for transmittance of the platelet-containing-plasma once per minute and the maximal transmittance (Tm) is obtained within 10 minutes. Spin the blood sample at 3000 rpm for 45 minutes and read for transmittance.
EXAMPLE 111 : Measurement of the Effect on Collagen Induced
Thrombo-cytopenia In Vivo
[0347] Male rats (Charles River, CRLCD(SD), 400-450 x g) are anesthetized with Sodium pentabarbital (65 mg/kg, Vet Labs, Limited, Inc., Lenexa, KA). Two incisions are made to expose both jugular veins. Using an infusion pump (Harvard Apparatus, South Natick, Mass.) and a 5 cc syringe with a 19 gauge butterfly, the test compound or vehicle is infused into the left jugular vein at a rate of 0.39 ml/min for 3 minutes. After 2 minutes of compound/vehicle
infusion, collagen (60 μg/kg) (Helena Laboratories, Beaumont, TX) is injected with
a 1 ml syringe into the right jugular vein. The body cavity is opened and the vena cava is exposed for blood sampling. One minute after the collagen injection, compound infusion is stopped and blood is sampled from the vena cava (within 30 sec) with a 3 cc syringe containing 0.3 mg of 4.5% EDTA/Tris (0.1M) (pH 7.35)
plus 150 μM indomethacin. Platelet rich plasma (PRP) is prepared by centrifuging
the blood at 126 x g for 10 min. 5 μl of PRP is counted in 20 ml of Isoton.® Ill in a
Coulter Counter. Percent inhibition of collagen induced aggregation is calculated by comparison of the number of platelets counted in treated animals with numbers for animals receiving no collagen and with counts from animals receiving vehicle and collagen. Estimation of potency is based on inhibition of collagen-induced thrombocytopenia.
EXAMPLE 112: Measurement of In Vivo Anti-Psoriatic Effectiveness
[0348] A topical formulation comprising a compound of the invention is administered to the affected area of human patients suffering from psoriasis. A control formulation, containing none of the compound of the invention, is applied to a comparable area of the patient. The effectiveness of the compound is determined by analyzing the improvement in inflammation and decrease in proliferative cells at the site at which the compound is applied compared to the site at which control formulation is applied at 3 and 7 days following administration. EXAMPLE 113: Measurement of Protein Kinase Inhibition
[0349] A compound of the invention is mixed with radio-labeled ATP, an appropriate protein kinase and an appropriate substrate in an appropriate buffer. Following incubation the reaction is stopped by spotting onto filter paper and a scintillation counter employed to quantify the difference in ATP addition to the substrate, which measures the amount of protein kinase inhibition, when compared to control. EXAMPLE 114: Measurement of Inhibition of Neutrophil Activation
[0350] A compound of the invention is tested using the protocol of Tudan, Biochem. Pharmacol. 58:1869 (1999). This test demonstrates the ability of the test compound to inhibit the activation of neutrophils caused by crystals and by chemoattractants such as fMLP. EXAMPLE 115: Measurement of Inhibition of TPA-lnduced Inflammation [0351] A compound of the invention is tested by a modified method of Marks et al., Cancer Res. 36:2636 (1976) to demonstrate the compound's effectiveness against inflammation induced by application of 12-0- tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate (TPA). The compound is applied to an ear of a mouse, followed by application of TPA. Four hours later a biopsy punch of the mouse ear is weighed to measure edema, compared to a biopsy punch of the other ear which received no compound.
EXAMPLE 116: Measurement of the Inhibition of Carrageenan-lnduced
Inflammation
[0352] A compound of the invention is tested by the method of Slowing et al., J Wrhnoph Exol. 43:9 (1994) in Wistar rats. Animals receive intradermal injections of Freund's adjuvant into the tail. Seven days later, the test compound is administered, followed one hour later by a suspension of carrageenan in saline solution into the left hind paw. Paw volume is measured by water plethysmography and compared to control. EXAMPLE 117: Measurement of Cancer Chemopreventative Activity
[0353] C3H/10T1/2 clone 8 cells (ATCC) are treated with a compound of the invention by the method of Mondal et al., Cancer Res. 36:2254 (1976). The cells in culture are treated with 3-methylcholanthrene for 24 hours, followed by washing a five days of incubation in fresh medium. TPA is subsequently added to the medium, with or without the test compound. Seven weeks after confluency is reached, fixation with methanol and staining with Giemsa reveals Type Il and III transformed foci, which are scored to demonstrate effectiveness of inhibition of two-stage transformation by the test compound. [0354] Other embodiments of the invention will be apparent to those
skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000327_0001
Formula I wherein:
X is selected from CR11, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR1-), wherein Ri1 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, Ry, Rs, Rg, R10, Rn, R12, R13, Ri4 and R17 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, Rs, Re, R7, Rs, R9, R1O, R11, R12, Ri3, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; Z-i, ∑2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, the Zi is a single bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R10 is not hydroxyl or ester; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
5. The method of claim 1 , further comprising treating or preventing a cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from
5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
5,7-Difluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(3,5-Difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(5-Methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(5-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-yl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(6-Hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)-chromen-4-one, 2-Pyridin-4-yl-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4H-chromen-4-one,
4-(6-Bromo-4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-2-fluorophenyl acetate,
1-(2-Nitro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxy-2-nitrophenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(2-Amino-4-methoxy-phenyI)-chromen-4-one,
2-(2-Amino-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
Λ/-[5-Hydroxy-2-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl]acetamide,
6-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxymethylphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(2-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-8-nitro-4H-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-8-methoxy-4H-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-5,7-dimethoxy-4H-chromen-4-one,
2-(3-Bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-carbonitrile,
2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-6-sulfonic acid,
6-Hydroxymethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)chromen-4-one,
6-((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydrophenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one,
8-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
7-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one,
5-Hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, ,7-Djihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-chromen-4-one, ,7-Dihydroxy-2-phenyl-chromen-4-one, -Hydroxy-2-phenyl-chromen-4-one, -(4-Acetoxy-phenyl)-thiochromen-4-one, -(4-Acetoxy-phenyl)-1 , 1-dioxo-1H-1λ6-thiochromen-4-onθ, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-1 ,1-dioxo-1 H-1λ6-thiochromen-4-onθ, ,7-Dimethoxy-2-(4'-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one, ,7-Dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-quinolin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)benzonitrile, -(3-Chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(3-Bromo-4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-4-one, -(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridine 7-oxide, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine 8-oxide, -(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one, -(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-pyrano[3,2-c]pyridine-6-oxide, -((Dimethylamino)methyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one, -(2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromen-3-yl)acetonitrile, 3-(Hydroxymethyl)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4H-chromen-4-one,
3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one,
7-(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-6-methyl-1 ,6-naphthyridin-5(6H)-one,
3-(3-Fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methoxyisoquinolin-1 (2H)-one,
2-Fluoro-4-(5-methoxy-1-(methylamino)-isoquinolin-3-yl)phenol,
4-Naphthalen-2-yl-phenol,
6-Naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol,
3-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-naphthalene-1-ol,
4-lsoquinolin-3-yl-phenol,
4-(1 ,6-Naphthyridin-7-yl)phenol,
2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-[1 ,4]naphthoquinone,
4-(Benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenyl acetate,
4-(Benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxin-2-yl)phenol,
4-(4H-Chromen-2-yl)-phenol,
2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)benzo[e][1 ,3]oxazin-4-one,
6-Naphthalen-2-yl-pyridin-3-ol,
2-(4-Ethoxycarbonyloxy-phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid ethyl ester,
Nicotinic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester,
Acetic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)-phenyl ester,
4-(4-oxo-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridine-2-yl)phenyl acetate,
2-Amino-5-guanidino-pentanoic acid 4-(4-oxo-4H-chromen-2-yl)phenyl ester,
4-(lsoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate,
4-(1 -Oxo-1 ,2-dihydroisoquinolin-3-yl)phenyl 2-amino-5-guanidinopentanoate,
2-(4-(Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxochroman-5,7-diyl dinicotinate, and
2-(4-(Nicotinoyloxy)phenyl)-4-oxo-4H-chromene-5,7-diyl dinicotinate. 7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is 2-(4- hydroxy-phenyl)-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one.
9. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound of Formula I is 4- isoquinolin-3-yl-phenol.
10. A compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000332_0001
Formula I wherein
X is selected from CRn, CRnR13, CO, O, N and NR-π, wherein Rn may be the same or different than R-13;
Y is selected from CR12, CRi2Ri4, CO, O, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than Ri4;
Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Rδ, Rs, Rg, R10, R11, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri7 are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or
two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, Rδ, Re, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, and R14 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ; at least one W is N;
Z-i, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if X is O and Z2 is a single bond, then R10 is not hydroxyl or ester; wherein if a W in the C ring is selected from N and NR10,
Zi is a double bond, and
R5, Re, Re. and Rg are each hydrogen, then R7 is not hydroxyl or alkoxy; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts or hydrates thereof.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 10 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
12. A method of increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 10.
13. A method of treating or preventing cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorders comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 10.
14. A method for increasing expression of ApoA-l in a mammal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula IV: (R4)P
(Ri)p /W ^w
(Rg)p W ^(R7)p (R8)p
Formula IV wherein:
X is selected from CR11, CR11R13, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR11, wherein R11 may be the same or different than R13;
Y is selected from CR12, CR12R14, CO, CS, O, S, SO, SO2, N and NR12, wherein R12 may be the same or different than R14;
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, Re, R7, Rs, R9. R10, R11. Ri2> Ri3, R14, R17 and R1S are each independently selected from alkoxy, aryloxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amide, amino, aryl, arylalkyl, carbamate, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, formyl, halogen, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydrogen, hydroxyl, ketone, nitro, phosphate, sulfide, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide and thioketone, or two adjacent substituents selected from Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, Rs, R9, R10, R1 I, Ri2, Ri3, Ri4 and Ri8 are connected in a 5 or 6-membered ring to form a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; each W is independently selected from C and N, wherein if W is N, then p is 0 and if W is C, then p is 1 ;
Z1, Z2 and Z3 are each independently selected from a single bond and a double bond; wherein if Y is O, then X is not CO; wherein if X is O, Y is CO and Z2 is a double bond, then at least one of R5, R6, Re and R9 is not hydrogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I is administered with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula IV is sufficient to establish a concentration ranging from about 0.001 μM to about 100 μM in the mammal.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the concentration ranges from about 1 μM to about 20 μM.
18. The method of claim 14, further comprising treating or preventing a cardiovascular, cholesterol or lipid related disorder.
19. The method of claim 14, wherein the compound of Formula IV is 3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)-4H-pyrano[2,3-b]pyridin-4-one.
PCT/US2005/038048 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases WO2006045096A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2584507A CA2584507C (en) 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
EP05812325A EP1838296B1 (en) 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US62088804P 2004-10-20 2004-10-20
US60/620,888 2004-10-20
US62681904P 2004-11-10 2004-11-10
US60/626,819 2004-11-10
US66585905P 2005-03-29 2005-03-29
US60/665,859 2005-03-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006045096A2 true WO2006045096A2 (en) 2006-04-27
WO2006045096A3 WO2006045096A3 (en) 2007-08-02

Family

ID=36057631

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/037719 WO2006045010A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Stilbenes and chalcones for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
PCT/US2005/038048 WO2006045096A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/037719 WO2006045010A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2005-10-20 Stilbenes and chalcones for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (4) US8093273B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2332527A3 (en)
CA (2) CA2584485C (en)
WO (2) WO2006045010A2 (en)

Cited By (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007016525A2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-08 Resverlogix Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
WO2008032105A2 (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 The Babraham Institute Flavonoid derivatives and their uses
WO2008092231A1 (en) 2007-02-01 2008-08-07 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
DE102007015169A1 (en) 2007-03-27 2008-10-02 Universität des Saarlandes Campus Saarbrücken 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitors for the treatment of hormone-dependent diseases
US7671059B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2010-03-02 Novartis Ag 2-amino-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-ones
WO2010079431A2 (en) 2009-01-08 2010-07-15 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
US7781474B2 (en) 2006-07-05 2010-08-24 Intermune, Inc. Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
US7829665B2 (en) 2005-07-25 2010-11-09 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
US7999107B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2011-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrano[2,3-B]pyridine derivatives as cannabinoid-1 receptor modulators
US8093273B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2012-01-10 Resverlogix Corp. Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US8101580B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2012-01-24 Astellas Pharma Inc. Therapeutic agent for irritable bowel syndrome
US8114995B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-02-14 Resverlogix Corp. Methods of preparing quinazolinone derivatives
US8119592B2 (en) 2005-10-11 2012-02-21 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for inhibiting hepatitis C viral replication
CN102464615A (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-05-23 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Aryl isoquinoline derivative and medicinal composition, preparation method and application thereof
US8269011B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-09-18 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8304546B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2012-11-06 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8455394B2 (en) 2009-01-14 2013-06-04 Dow Agrosciences, Llc Fungicidal compositions including hydrazone derivatives and copper
US8486970B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2013-07-16 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US9073878B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2015-07-07 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Cyclic amines as bromodomain inhibitors
JP2015166458A (en) * 2008-10-29 2015-09-24 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングＭｅｒｃｋ Ｐａｔｅｎｔ Ｇｅｓｅｌｌｓｃｈａｆｔ ｍｉｔ ｂｅｓｃｈｒａｅｎｋｔｅｒ Ｈａｆｔｕｎｇ Liquid-crystal display
US9193689B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2015-11-24 Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital (The) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
US9271978B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-03-01 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Heterocyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors
CN105566306A (en) * 2014-10-14 2016-05-11 四川农业大学 Preparation of flavone derivative and application to neuraminidase inhibition
US9611223B2 (en) 2013-09-11 2017-04-04 Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital (The) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
US9765039B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2017-09-19 Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. Biaryl derivatives as bromodomain inhibitors
US10111885B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2018-10-30 Resverlogix Corp. Compositions and therapeutic methods for the treatment of complement-associated diseases
CN110267660A (en) * 2016-12-16 2019-09-20 德克萨斯大学系统董事会 The inhibitor of domain protein containing Bu Luomo 4 (BRD4)
US10456405B2 (en) 2015-09-07 2019-10-29 Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Nitric oxide-releasing prodrug molecule of substituted quinazolines
US10882828B2 (en) 2009-03-18 2021-01-05 Resverlogix Corp. Anti-inflammatory agents
CN114394908A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-04-26 河北师范大学 Method for preparing 2-hydroxy-3-aminoacetophenone
US11661422B2 (en) 2020-08-27 2023-05-30 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11691971B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-07-04 Incyte Corporation Naphthyridinone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11753413B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-09-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11767323B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-09-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic pyridone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11780840B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-10-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11919908B2 (en) 2020-12-21 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11958861B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-04-16 Incyte Corporation Spirocyclic lactams as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US12084430B2 (en) 2022-03-17 2024-09-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors

Families Citing this family (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040033480A1 (en) * 2002-08-15 2004-02-19 Wong Norman C.W. Use of resveratrol to regulate expression of apolipoprotein A1
AU2003297441A1 (en) * 2002-12-24 2004-07-22 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Diarylamine and arylheteroarylamine pyrazole derivatives as modulators of 5ht2a
PT1558582E (en) 2003-07-22 2006-05-31 Arena Pharm Inc DIARIL- AND ARIL-HETEROARIL-UREA DERIVATIVES AS SEROTONIN 5-HT2A RECEPTOR MODULES USEFUL FOR PROPHYLAXIS AND TREATMENT OF RELEVANT DISORDERS
CA2805795C (en) * 2004-01-20 2016-11-08 Brigham Young University Novel sirtuin activating compounds and methods for making the same
ATE548353T1 (en) * 2004-03-23 2012-03-15 Arena Pharm Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING SUBSTITUTED N-ARYL-N'-Ä3-(1H-PYRAZOLE-5-YL)PHENYLÜ-UREAS AND INTERMEDIATE THEREOF.
US8338648B2 (en) * 2004-06-12 2012-12-25 Signum Biosciences, Inc. Topical compositions and methods for epithelial-related conditions
SA05260357B1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2008-09-08 ارينا فارماسيتو تيكالز ، أنك 3-phenyle-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht 2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
TWI389897B (en) * 2005-02-22 2013-03-21 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd 1- (2H) -isoquinolinone derivatives
US9133212B1 (en) 2005-06-15 2015-09-15 Vanderbilt University Inhibitors of hemeprotein-catalyzed lipid peroxidation
US8367669B2 (en) * 2005-06-15 2013-02-05 Vanderbilt University Inhibitors of hemeprotein-catalyzed lipid peroxidation
USRE45337E1 (en) 2006-05-18 2015-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ethers, secondary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
CA2646081C (en) 2006-05-18 2017-06-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline forms and processes for the preparation of phenyl-pyrazoles useful as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor
USRE45336E1 (en) 2006-05-18 2015-01-13 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
TWI415845B (en) * 2006-10-03 2013-11-21 Arena Pharm Inc Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
KR100879253B1 (en) 2006-12-28 2009-01-16 전북대학교산학협력단 treatment for hypertension and diabetic nephropathy using ADP-ribosyl cyclase inhibitors
CN101573109A (en) * 2006-12-28 2009-11-04 利默里克生物制药公司 Methods and compositions for therapeutic treatment
US10369222B2 (en) * 2012-01-18 2019-08-06 Biosuccess Biotech Co., Ltd. Compositions and methods of use of phorbol esters for the treatment of stroke
CN103319408B (en) * 2007-02-01 2016-04-13 雷斯韦洛吉克斯公司 For the compound of prevention and therapy cardiovascular disorder
WO2008156783A2 (en) * 2007-06-18 2008-12-24 University Of Louisville Research Foundation, Inc. Family of pfkfb3 inhibitors with anti-neoplastic activities
CL2008001933A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-09-25 Millennium Pharm Inc Pyrimidine derived compounds, raph kinase inhibitors; intermediate compounds; preparation procedure; pharmaceutical composition; and its use to treat proliferative, cardiac, neurodegenerative, inflammatory, bone, immunological, viral disease, among others.
JP2010532381A (en) 2007-06-29 2010-10-07 サネシス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic compounds useful as RAF kinase inhibitors
WO2009018320A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Limerick Biopharma, Inc. Pyrone analog compositions and methods
US20090082400A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2009-03-26 Ving Lee Soluble pyrone analogs methods and compositions
BRPI0814876A2 (en) * 2007-07-31 2014-09-30 Limerick Biopharma Inc PHOSPHORILATED PYRONA ANALOGS AND METHODS
ES2421237T7 (en) 2007-08-15 2013-09-30 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine derivatives as modulators of the serotonergic 5ht2a receptor in the treatment of disorders related thereto
US20090092624A1 (en) * 2007-08-17 2009-04-09 Alberte Randall S Antiinfective Flavononol Compounds and Methods of Use Thereof
WO2009049214A2 (en) * 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Northwestern University Inhibition and treatment of prostate cancer metastasis
WO2009114875A2 (en) * 2008-03-14 2009-09-17 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Oxidized paraoxonase 1 and paraoxonase 1/hdl particle number ratio as risk markers for cardiovascular disease
US20110021538A1 (en) * 2008-04-02 2011-01-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for the preparation of pyrazole derivatives useful as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor
JP2011516610A (en) * 2008-04-15 2011-05-26 インターミューン・インコーポレーテッド Novel inhibitor of hepatitis C virus replication
WO2009158031A2 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Limerick Biopharma, Inc. Methods and compositions for therapeutic treatment
US9126946B2 (en) 2008-10-28 2015-09-08 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes useful for the preparation of 1-[3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-methoxy-phenyl]-3-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)urea and crystalline forms related thereto
PT2364142T (en) 2008-10-28 2018-04-23 Arena Pharm Inc Compositions of a 5-ht2a serotonin receptor modulator useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US20100204340A1 (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-12 Muhammed Majeed Orally bioavailable stilbenoids- compositions and therapeutic applications thereof
KR20190091564A (en) 2009-04-22 2019-08-06 리스버로직스 코퍼레이션 Novel anti-inflammatory agents
TW201121968A (en) * 2009-11-09 2011-07-01 Intermune Inc Novel inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
WO2011075596A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline forms of certain 3-phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
PT2595965T (en) 2010-07-20 2016-08-22 Vestaron Corp Insecticidal triazines and pyrimidines
EP2741609A4 (en) * 2011-08-12 2015-04-08 Salk Inst For Biological Studi Neuroprotective polyphenol analogs
WO2013025484A1 (en) * 2011-08-12 2013-02-21 Lapchak Paul A Polyphenol analogs to treat ischemia
CN103945848B (en) 2011-11-01 2016-09-07 雷斯韦洛吉克斯公司 The oral immediate release formulations of the quinazolinone being replaced
KR102099997B1 (en) 2012-03-01 2020-04-13 피티씨 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Compounds for treating spinal muscular atrophy
EA028382B1 (en) * 2012-03-23 2017-11-30 ПиТиСи ТЕРАПЬЮТИКС, ИНК. Compounds for treating spinal muscular atrophy
US20130281396A1 (en) * 2012-04-19 2013-10-24 Rvx Therapeutics Inc. Treatment of diseases by epigenetic regulation
WO2014060852A2 (en) 2012-10-15 2014-04-24 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds useful in the synthesis of benzamide compounds
US9775915B2 (en) 2012-11-26 2017-10-03 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Trioxacarcins, trioxacarcin-antibody conjugates, and uses thereof
JP6461118B2 (en) 2013-06-21 2019-01-30 ゼニス・エピジェネティクス・リミテッドＺｅｎｉｔｈ Ｅｐｉｇｅｎｅｔｉｃｓ Ｌｔｄ． Novel substituted bicyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors
NZ714669A (en) 2013-06-21 2021-07-30 Zenith Epigenetics Ltd Novel bicyclic bromodomain inhibitors
EA201690087A1 (en) 2013-07-31 2016-08-31 Зенит Эпидженетикс Корп. NEW QUINAZOLINONS AS BROMOMODENIAL INHIBITORS
CN104146998A (en) * 2014-08-05 2014-11-19 广东食品药品职业学院 Novel application of 5-hydroxy-7-methoxy chromone in medicine preparation
JO3589B1 (en) 2014-08-06 2020-07-05 Novartis Ag Protein kinase c inhibitors and methods of their use
CA2966303A1 (en) 2014-12-01 2016-06-09 Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. Substituted pyridines as bromodomain inhibitors
WO2016087936A1 (en) 2014-12-01 2016-06-09 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Substituted pyridinones as bromodomain inhibitors
CA2966449A1 (en) 2014-12-11 2016-06-16 Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. Substituted heterocycles as bromodomain inhibitors
CN107406438B (en) 2014-12-17 2021-05-14 恒翼生物医药科技(上海)有限公司 Inhibitors of bromodomains
RU2017145976A (en) 2015-06-12 2019-07-15 Аксовант Сайенсиз Гмбх Diaryl- and arylheteroarylurea derivatives applicable for the prevention and treatment of behavioral disturbances during the REM phase of sleep
KR20180064373A (en) 2015-07-15 2018-06-14 엑소반트 사이언시즈 게엠베하 Diaryl and aryl heteroaryl urea derivatives as modulators of 5-HT2A serotonin receptors useful for the prevention and treatment of hallucinations associated with neurodegenerative diseases
EP3490579A1 (en) 2016-07-27 2019-06-05 Hartis-Pharma SA Therapeutic combinations to treat red blood cell disorders
JP7076432B2 (en) 2016-09-09 2022-05-27 インサイト・コーポレイション Pyrazolopyridine derivatives as HPK1 regulators and their use for the treatment of cancer
AR109595A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2018-12-26 Incyte Corp PIRAZOLOPIRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AND USES OF THESE AS HPK1 INHIBITORS
US20180072718A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridine compounds and uses thereof
KR101935793B1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-01-08 (주)나노믹스 Stilbene derivatives and preparation method thereof
KR20180036522A (en) 2016-09-30 2018-04-09 (주)나노믹스 Stilbene derivatives and preparation method thereof
WO2018152220A1 (en) 2017-02-15 2018-08-23 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridine compounds and uses thereof
WO2019018937A1 (en) 2017-07-26 2019-01-31 Yacyshyn Vincent Removing polyphenol contaminants from feedstock-based polyphenols
WO2019051199A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Incyte Corporation 6-cyano-indazole compounds as hematopoietic progenitor kinase 1 (hpk1) modulators
WO2019164847A1 (en) 2018-02-20 2019-08-29 Incyte Corporation Indazole compounds and uses thereof
US10745388B2 (en) 2018-02-20 2020-08-18 Incyte Corporation Indazole compounds and uses thereof
PE20210397A1 (en) 2018-02-20 2021-03-02 Incyte Corp DERIVATIVES OF N- (PHENYL) -2- (PHENYL) PYRIMIDINE-4-CARBOXAMIDE AND RELATED COMPOUNDS AS HPKI INHIBITORS TO TREAT CANCER
US11299473B2 (en) 2018-04-13 2022-04-12 Incyte Corporation Benzimidazole and indole compounds and uses thereof
EP3787669A4 (en) 2018-04-30 2022-03-30 The Trustees of Indiana University Compounds for modulating ddah and adma levels, as well as methods of using thereof to treat disease
US10899755B2 (en) 2018-08-08 2021-01-26 Incyte Corporation Benzothiazole compounds and uses thereof
ES2973117T3 (en) 2018-09-25 2024-06-18 Incyte Corp Pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as modulators of ALK2 and/or FGFR
US11173187B2 (en) 2018-11-13 2021-11-16 Immortazyme Company Ltd. Concentrated oil-based polyphenol composition and a method of producing the oil-based polyphenol composition
EP4010338A1 (en) 2019-08-06 2022-06-15 Incyte Corporation Solid forms of an hpk1 inhibitor
CN114133336B (en) * 2020-09-03 2024-04-02 沈阳药科大学 4-methoxy naphthalene substituted aniline compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022060822A1 (en) * 2020-09-17 2022-03-24 Iaterion, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating viral infections
KR20220162642A (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 주식회사 에즈큐리스 Novel fluoro-substituted flavonoid derivative and pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating allergic diseases comprising the same
AU2022361421A1 (en) * 2021-10-07 2024-05-09 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Flavonoid derivatives with gabaa receptor activity and methods of use
CN114315780B (en) * 2021-10-14 2024-01-26 山东明化新材料有限公司 Preparation method of 4-hydroxymethylcoumarin compound
WO2023141469A2 (en) * 2022-01-18 2023-07-27 Tessellate Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
CN115504970B (en) * 2022-10-18 2023-04-18 黑龙江中医药大学 Flavonoid derivative for treating myocardial ischemia and preparation method thereof
WO2024112731A1 (en) * 2022-11-22 2024-05-30 Salk Institute For Biological Studies Flavones, quinolinones, quinazolinones, and aurones, and uses in ck2-mediated diseases

Family Cites Families (154)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2065593A (en) 1936-12-29 Water-soluble diazoimino com
FR472489A (en) 1914-02-20 1914-12-08 Stas Motor Ges M B H Metal seal ring for pistons
FR803619A (en) 1935-03-23 1936-10-05 Ig Farbenindustrie Ag Dihydroxystilbene-dicarboxylic acid and its preparation process
US2065900A (en) 1935-03-23 1936-12-29 Gen Aniline Works Inc Dihydroxystilbene-dicarboxylic acid and a process of preparing it
DE637259C (en) 1935-03-24 1936-10-27 I G Farbenindustrie Akt Ges Process for the preparation of a dioxystilbene dicarboxylic acid
FR803201A (en) 1935-07-08 1936-09-25 Ste Ind Chim Bale Preparation of sulfonic acids
US2071329A (en) 1935-08-22 1937-02-23 Solvay Process Co Method of recovering phthalic anhydride
DE652772C (en) 1935-11-07 1937-11-08 I G Farbenindustrie Akt Ges Process for the preparation of N-dihydroazines of the anthraquinone series
GB728767A (en) 1951-10-12 1955-04-27 Wander Ag Dr A 2-substituted chromone compounds, and a method of making same
US3251837A (en) 1962-09-14 1966-05-17 Pfizer & Co C Derivatives of 1, 2, 4-benzothiadiazine-1, 1-dioxides
GB1179019A (en) * 1967-05-23 1970-01-28 Produits Chimique Soc Et Polynicotinic Esters of Flavonoids
FR6928M (en) 1967-11-24 1969-05-05
US3600394A (en) 1968-05-17 1971-08-17 Searle & Co 2-aminoalkyl-3-arylisocarbostyrils
US3930024A (en) 1969-09-02 1975-12-30 Parke Davis & Co Pharmaceutical compositions and methods
US3773946A (en) 1969-09-02 1973-11-20 Parke Davis & Co Triglyceride-lowering compositions and methods
FR2244493A1 (en) 1973-08-09 1975-04-18 Pluripharm Flavonoid amino-acid salts - for treatment of haemorrhage, circulatory disorders and atherosclerosis
DE2349024A1 (en) 1973-09-26 1975-04-10 Schering Ag 6BETA, 7BETA-EPOXY-1ALPHA, 2ALPHAMETHYLENE-D-HOMO-4-PREGNEN-3,20-DIONE
IL64542A0 (en) 1981-12-15 1982-03-31 Yissum Res Dev Co Long-chain alpha,omega-dicarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
JPS60136512A (en) 1983-12-26 1985-07-20 Eisai Co Ltd Remedy and preventive for hyperlipemia
DE3423166A1 (en) 1984-06-22 1986-01-02 Epis S.A., Zug ALPHA, OMEGA DICARBONIC ACIDS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS
EP0182213B1 (en) 1984-11-08 1990-09-26 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Carbapenem compounds and production thereof
DE3515882A1 (en) 1985-05-03 1986-11-06 Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh, 7950 Biberach MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING PYRIDINONE WITH ANTITHROMBOTIC EFFECTS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
DE3601417A1 (en) 1986-01-20 1987-07-23 Nattermann A & Cie 2'-Alkyl(alkenyl)-substituted quercetins
DE3774801D1 (en) 1986-08-29 1992-01-09 Ciba Geigy Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING AROMATIC ETHER AND THIOETHER COMPOUNDS.
EP0272455B1 (en) 1986-11-24 1993-02-10 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-Pyrrolidinylthio-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid compounds
US4925838A (en) 1988-03-18 1990-05-15 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Company, Ltd. 3-pyrrolidinylthio-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid compounds
US4963544A (en) 1988-05-23 1990-10-16 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Company, Ltd. 3-pyrrolidinylthio-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid compounds
GB8926981D0 (en) 1988-12-23 1990-01-17 Ici Plc Heterocyclic derivatives
KR920701167A (en) 1989-07-07 1992-08-11 에릭 에스. 딕커 Pharmaceutically active compounds
IE64358B1 (en) 1989-07-18 1995-07-26 Ici Plc Diaryl ether heterocycles
GB9018134D0 (en) 1989-09-29 1990-10-03 Ici Plc Heterocyclic derivatives
CA2064853C (en) 1990-06-05 1999-08-24 Hiroshi Nagase Indole derivatives
JP2999579B2 (en) 1990-07-18 2000-01-17 武田薬品工業株式会社 DNA and its uses
IE913866A1 (en) 1990-11-28 1992-06-03 Ici Plc Aryl derivatives
US5126351A (en) 1991-01-24 1992-06-30 Glaxo Inc. Antitumor compounds
MX9200299A (en) 1991-02-07 1992-12-01 Roussel Uclaf NEW NITROGENATED BICYCLE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING THE NEW INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS OBTAINED THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINES AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM.
WO1992020642A1 (en) 1991-05-10 1992-11-26 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer International (Holdings) Inc. Bis mono-and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds which inhibit egf and/or pdgf receptor tyrosine kinase
US5480883A (en) 1991-05-10 1996-01-02 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Bis mono- and bicyclic aryl and heteroaryl compounds which inhibit EGF and/or PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase
CN1067070A (en) 1991-05-17 1992-12-16 陆国强 The method for detoxication and fresh-keeping of beverage
US5124337A (en) 1991-05-20 1992-06-23 Schering Corporation N-acyl-tetrahydroisoquinolines as inhibitors of acyl-coenzyme a:cholesterol acyl transferase
PT100905A (en) 1991-09-30 1994-02-28 Eisai Co Ltd BICYCLE HYGIENEOUS HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING BENZENE, CYCLOHEXAN OR PYRIDINE AND PYRIMIDINE, PYRIDINE OR IMIDAZOLE SUBSTITUTES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR2689127B1 (en) 1992-03-31 1994-05-06 Adir Cie NEWS 3 ', 5' -DITERTBUTYL-4'-HYDROXY FLAVONES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
DE4215588A1 (en) 1992-05-12 1993-11-18 Bayer Ag Biphenylmethyl-substituted pyridones
DE4215587A1 (en) 1992-05-12 1993-11-18 Bayer Ag Sulfonylbenzyl-substituted benzo- and pyridopyridones
GB9218334D0 (en) 1992-08-28 1992-10-14 Ici Plc Heterocyclic compounds
JPH0725761A (en) 1993-07-09 1995-01-27 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Agent for protecting cartilage
WO1995003277A1 (en) 1993-07-23 1995-02-02 Zaidan Hojin Biseibutsu Kagaku Kenkyukai Novel pyrrolidine derivative
ATE207922T1 (en) 1994-02-25 2001-11-15 Banyu Pharma Co Ltd CARBAPENEM DERIVATIVES
AU679344B2 (en) 1994-03-08 1997-06-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc. Phosphonic diester derivative
FR2718329B1 (en) 1994-03-21 2002-09-20 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa Transgenic rabbit sensitized to dyslipoproteinemias.
US6048903A (en) 1994-05-03 2000-04-11 Robert Toppo Treatment for blood cholesterol with trans-resveratrol
US6168776B1 (en) 1994-07-19 2001-01-02 University Of Pittsburgh Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl Chrysamine G derivatives for the antemortem diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease and in vivo imaging and prevention of amyloid deposition
GB2292149A (en) 1994-08-09 1996-02-14 Ferring Res Ltd Peptide inhibitors of pro-interleukin-1beta converting enzyme
IL115256A0 (en) * 1994-11-14 1995-12-31 Warner Lambert Co 6-Aryl pyrido (2,3-d) pyrimidines and naphthyridines and their use
MD1861G2 (en) * 1994-11-14 2002-09-30 Уорнер-Ламберт Кампэни Derivatives of the 6-arylpyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidines and naphthyridines, parmaceutical composition on base thereof, methods of treatment and inhibition of the tyrosine kinaze receptor cell proliferation and migration
US5446071A (en) * 1994-11-18 1995-08-29 Eli Lilly And Company Methods for lowering serum cholesterol
JP4140981B2 (en) 1994-12-26 2008-08-27 東菱薬品工業株式会社 Anti-restenosis and arteriosclerosis drug
US5648387A (en) 1995-03-24 1997-07-15 Warner-Lambert Company Carboxyalkylethers, formulations, and treatment of vascular diseases
DE69622472T2 (en) * 1995-06-07 2003-02-06 Eli Lilly And Co., Indianapolis Treatment of diseases by induction of BEF-1 transcription factor
JP3486752B2 (en) 1995-08-30 2004-01-13 株式会社大塚製薬工場 Method for producing quinazolin-4-one derivative
US5783577A (en) 1995-09-15 1998-07-21 Trega Biosciences, Inc. Synthesis of quinazolinone libraries and derivatives thereof
WO1997010221A1 (en) 1995-09-15 1997-03-20 Torrey Pines Institute For Molecular Studies Synthesis of quinazolinone libraries
US5756736A (en) 1996-01-26 1998-05-26 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Process for preparing a 2-(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-purin-9-yl)methoxy-1,3-propanediol derivative
US5763608A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-06-09 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for preparing pyrimidine derivatives
WO1997028118A1 (en) 1996-02-05 1997-08-07 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for preparing anthranilic acids
US5739330A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-04-14 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for preparing quinazolones
US5854264A (en) 1996-07-24 1998-12-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
KR100213895B1 (en) 1996-10-14 1999-08-02 박원훈 Compositions for the prevention and therapy of cardiovascular disease containing extract of citrus fruit peel hesperidin or naringin
DE19651099A1 (en) 1996-12-09 1998-06-10 Consortium Elektrochem Ind Multi-component system for changing, breaking down or bleaching lignin, lignin-containing materials or similar substances as well as methods for their use
AR012634A1 (en) 1997-05-02 2000-11-08 Sugen Inc QUINAZOLINE BASED COMPOUND, FAMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS IT, METHOD TO SYNTHESIZE IT, ITS USE, METHODS OF MODULATION OF THE DESERINE / TREONIN PROTEIN-KINASE FUNCTION AND IN VITRO METHOD TO IDENTIFY COMPOUNDS THAT MODULATE
US5908861A (en) 1997-05-13 1999-06-01 Octamer, Inc. Methods for treating inflammation and inflammatory disease using pADPRT inhibitors
US6635642B1 (en) 1997-09-03 2003-10-21 Guilford Pharmaceuticals Inc. PARP inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods of using same
US6239114B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2001-05-29 Kgk Synergize Compositions and methods for treatment of neoplastic diseases with combinations of limonoids, flavonoids and tocotrienols
JP2001520992A (en) 1997-10-28 2001-11-06 コリア インスティテュート オブ サイエンス アンド テクノロジー Acyl COA-cholesterol-O-acyl transferase inhibitor, inhibitor of macrophage-lipid complex accumulation on arterial wall, and naringin and naringenin as liver disease preventive or therapeutic agent
DE19756388A1 (en) 1997-12-18 1999-06-24 Hoechst Marion Roussel De Gmbh New 2-aryl-4-amino-6,7-di:methoxy-quinazoline derivatives useful as guanylate cyclase activators for treating cardiovascular diseases, etc.
PT1049767E (en) 1998-01-08 2005-10-31 Agronomique Inst Nat Rech TRANSGENIC RABBIT EXPRESSING A HUMAN FUNCTIONAL LIPOPROTEIN (A)
US6414037B1 (en) 1998-01-09 2002-07-02 Pharmascience Pharmaceutical formulations of resveratrol and methods of use thereof
US6022901A (en) 1998-05-13 2000-02-08 Pharmascience Inc. Administration of resveratrol to prevent or treat restenosis following coronary intervention
CA2345311A1 (en) 1998-09-24 2000-03-30 Kazutoshi Watanabe Hydroxyflavone derivatives as tau protein kinase 1 inhibitors
CA2345406A1 (en) 1998-10-19 2000-04-27 Eisai Co., Ltd. Analgesic
WO2000023073A1 (en) 1998-10-20 2000-04-27 Korea Institute Of Science And Technology Bioflavonoids as plasma high density lipoprotein level increasing agent
US6392349B1 (en) * 1998-10-30 2002-05-21 David B. Crenshaw Remote control test apparatus
WO2000035865A2 (en) * 1998-12-17 2000-06-22 Tularik Inc. Tubulin-binding agents
US6291456B1 (en) 1998-12-30 2001-09-18 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of estrogen receptors
US6969720B2 (en) 1999-03-17 2005-11-29 Amr Technology, Inc. Biaryl substituted purine derivatives as potent antiproliferative agents
US6054435A (en) 1999-03-19 2000-04-25 Abbott Laboratories 6-O-substituted macrolides having antibacterial activity
DE19934799B4 (en) 1999-07-28 2008-01-24 Az Electronic Materials (Germany) Gmbh Chiral smectic liquid crystal mixture and its use in high contrast active matrix displays
JP2001131151A (en) 1999-11-02 2001-05-15 Shionogi & Co Ltd New use of olefin derivative
JP5278983B2 (en) * 1999-11-17 2013-09-04 塩野義製薬株式会社 New uses of amide compounds
CN1319959C (en) 1999-12-06 2007-06-06 天济药业（深圳）有限公司 Polyhydroxystilbenes and stibene oxides as antisoriatic agents and protein kinase inhibitors
FR2804679B1 (en) 2000-02-07 2002-04-26 Clariant France Sa NOVEL PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM DIALCOXYETHANALS, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION
ATE272600T1 (en) 2000-02-17 2004-08-15 Appleton Paper Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING ALKOXY-OR ARYLMETHOXY-AROXYETHANES
ES2360933T3 (en) 2000-04-27 2011-06-10 Astellas Pharma Inc. CONDENSED HETEROARILO DERIVATIVES.
US6548694B2 (en) 2000-05-23 2003-04-15 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. N-(4-carbamimidoyl-phenyl)-glycine derivatives
JP2001335476A (en) 2000-05-29 2001-12-04 Shionogi & Co Ltd New use of tricyclic compound
US6541522B2 (en) 2000-08-16 2003-04-01 Insmed Incorporated Methods of using compositions containing hypotriglyceridemically active stilbenoids
CA2356544C (en) 2000-10-03 2006-04-04 Warner-Lambert Company Pyridotriazines and pyridopyridazines
EP1326835A1 (en) 2000-10-05 2003-07-16 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzamide compounds as apo b secretion inhibitors
CN1479721A (en) 2000-10-11 2004-03-03 ͨ��ҽ�ƹ�˾ Sulfoxide and bis-sulfoxide compounds and compositions for cholesterol management and related uses
EP1363879A2 (en) 2000-10-11 2003-11-26 Esperion Therapeutics Inc. Sulfide and disulfide compounds and compositions for cholesterol management and related uses
KR100825183B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2008-04-24 캐논 가부시끼가이샤 Luminescent Element and Display
HUP0400708A3 (en) 2000-12-07 2007-10-29 Cv Therapeutics Substituted 1,3,5-triazine and pyrimidine derivatives, their use and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
KR100472694B1 (en) 2000-12-30 2005-03-07 한국생명공학연구원 Flavanone derivatives and composition for preventing or treating blood lipid level-related diseases comprising same
JP2002249483A (en) 2001-02-21 2002-09-06 Koei Chem Co Ltd Method of producing aryl substituted heterocyclic compound
WO2002087556A2 (en) * 2001-04-11 2002-11-07 Atherogenics, Inc. Probucol monoesters and their use to increase plasma hdl cholesterol levels and improve hdl functionality
WO2003007959A1 (en) * 2001-07-16 2003-01-30 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinoxaline derivatives which have parp inhibitory action
WO2003016292A1 (en) 2001-08-13 2003-02-27 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Ultraviolet light absorbers
EP1426046A4 (en) 2001-09-14 2005-11-02 Shionogi & Co Novel use of tricyclic compound
US8124625B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2012-02-28 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Method of enhancing the expression of apolipoprotein AI using olefin derivatives
US7429593B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2008-09-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Utilities of amide compounds
US6835469B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-12-28 The University Of Southern California Phosphorescent compounds and devices comprising the same
US6541045B1 (en) 2002-01-04 2003-04-01 Nutraceutical Corporation Herbal composition and method for combating inflammation
US8367824B2 (en) 2002-01-28 2013-02-05 Ube Industries Ltd. Process for producing quinazolin-4-one derivative
US7904822B2 (en) * 2002-04-23 2011-03-08 Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. System and user interface for configuring and presenting a trend indicative display of patient medical parameters
MY140680A (en) 2002-05-20 2010-01-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
AU2003238157A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2003-12-31 Sankyo Company, Limited Fused-ring pyrimidin-4(3h)-one derivatives, processes for the preparation and uses thereof
KR20040001144A (en) 2002-06-27 2004-01-07 김대경 Novel phospholipase A2 in the cytosol of red blood cell and the antibody against it, and the use and the preparation methods thereof
US20050080024A1 (en) 2002-08-15 2005-04-14 Joseph Tucker Nitric oxide donating derivatives for the treatment of cardiovascular disorders
US20040033480A1 (en) 2002-08-15 2004-02-19 Wong Norman C.W. Use of resveratrol to regulate expression of apolipoprotein A1
US20050080021A1 (en) * 2002-08-15 2005-04-14 Joseph Tucker Nitric oxide donating derivatives of stilbenes, polyphenols and flavonoids for the treatment of cardiovascular disorders
EP1407774A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2004-04-14 LION Bioscience AG 2-Amino-4-quinazolinones as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
EP1398032A1 (en) 2002-09-10 2004-03-17 PheneX Pharmaceuticals AG 4-Oxo-quinazolines as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
WO2004037176A2 (en) 2002-10-21 2004-05-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinazolinones and derivatives thereof as factor xa inhibitors
WO2004039795A2 (en) * 2002-10-29 2004-05-13 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Amide compounds for the treatment of hyperlipidemia
EP1418164A1 (en) 2002-11-07 2004-05-12 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) New stilbene derivatives and their use as aryl hydrocarbon receptor ligand antagonists
EP1565475B1 (en) * 2002-11-18 2009-04-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Diazinopyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
MXPA05005425A (en) * 2002-11-22 2005-11-23 Japan Tobacco Inc Fused bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycles.
MXPA05006124A (en) 2002-12-13 2005-08-16 Hoffmann La Roche 3h-quinazolin-4-one derivatives.
ITRM20020629A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-20 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti USE OF ALPHA-PHENYLTHIOCARBOXYL AND ACHYLPHOXYCARBOXYLIC ACIDS WITH HYPOGLYCEMY AND / OR HYPOLIPIDEMIZING ACTIVITY.
EP1572660B1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2011-01-26 X-Ceptor Therapeutics, Inc. Isoquinolinone derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
JP2004203751A (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-22 Pfizer Inc Substituted 6,6-heterobicyclic derivative
AU2003292625B2 (en) 2002-12-26 2008-07-24 Eisai R & D Management Co., Ltd. Selective estrogen receptor modulators
WO2004065392A1 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-08-05 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Condensed pyridines and pyrimidines and their use as alk-5 receptor ligands
WO2004072042A2 (en) * 2003-02-12 2004-08-26 Carex S.A. Quinoline derivative and their use for modulation of lxr activity
CA2522595A1 (en) 2003-04-03 2004-10-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
CA2520323C (en) 2003-04-09 2013-07-09 Exelixis, Inc. Tie-2 modulators and methods of use
JP2004307440A (en) 2003-04-10 2004-11-04 Kyorin Pharmaceut Co Ltd 2-amino-1,3-propanediol derivative and its addition salt
US7173004B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2007-02-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic isoquinoline peptide inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
JP4631703B2 (en) 2003-06-18 2011-02-16 宇部興産株式会社 Method for producing pyrimidin-4-one compound
US20050043300A1 (en) 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Pfizer Inc. Piperazine derivatives
AU2004311737A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
US20080188527A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2008-08-07 Cashman John R Synthetic Compounds and Derivatives as Modulators of Smoking or Nicotine Ingestion and Lung Cancer
TW200536830A (en) 2004-02-06 2005-11-16 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd 1-(2H)-isoquinolone derivative
CN1960977B (en) 2004-05-31 2010-07-21 万有制药株式会社 Quinazoline derivative
WO2006012577A2 (en) 2004-07-22 2006-02-02 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Quinazolinone derivatives useful for the regulation of glucose homeostasis and food intake
US20070218155A1 (en) * 2004-08-20 2007-09-20 Kuhrts Eric H Methods and compositions for treating dyslipidaemia
WO2006045010A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-04-27 Resverlogix Corp. Stilbenes and chalcones for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
JP2008526734A (en) 2004-12-31 2008-07-24 エスケー ケミカルズ カンパニー リミテッド Quinazoline derivatives effective in preventing diabetes and obesity
CR9465A (en) 2005-03-25 2008-06-19 Surface Logix Inc PHARMACOCINETICALLY IMPROVED COMPOUNDS
EP1909788A2 (en) 2005-07-29 2008-04-16 Resverlogix Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
US20070197509A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-08-23 Painceptor Pharma Corporation Compositions and methods for modulating gated ion channels
EP2005941A3 (en) 2007-06-01 2009-04-01 Henkel AG & Co. KGaA Cellular rejuvenation compounds
RU2520098C2 (en) 2008-06-26 2014-06-20 Ресверлоджикс Корп. Method of producing quinazolinone derivatives
JP5635535B2 (en) 2009-01-08 2014-12-03 レスバーロジックス コーポレイション Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None

Cited By (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8093273B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2012-01-10 Resverlogix Corp. Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US8242130B2 (en) 2004-10-20 2012-08-14 Resverlogix Corp. Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US8101580B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2012-01-24 Astellas Pharma Inc. Therapeutic agent for irritable bowel syndrome
US7829665B2 (en) 2005-07-25 2010-11-09 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
WO2007016525A3 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-05-31 Resverlogix Corp Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
WO2007016525A2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-08 Resverlogix Corp. Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
EP2314295A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2011-04-27 Resverlogix, Inc Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
US7671059B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2010-03-02 Novartis Ag 2-amino-7,8-dihydro-6H-pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-ones
US8119592B2 (en) 2005-10-11 2012-02-21 Intermune, Inc. Compounds and methods for inhibiting hepatitis C viral replication
US7781474B2 (en) 2006-07-05 2010-08-24 Intermune, Inc. Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus replication
WO2008032105A2 (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 The Babraham Institute Flavonoid derivatives and their uses
WO2008032105A3 (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-10-09 Babraham Inst Flavonoid derivatives and their uses
US7999107B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2011-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrano[2,3-B]pyridine derivatives as cannabinoid-1 receptor modulators
US8053440B2 (en) 2007-02-01 2011-11-08 Resverlogix Corporation Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
WO2008092231A1 (en) 2007-02-01 2008-08-07 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US9199990B2 (en) 2007-02-01 2015-12-01 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
KR101444489B1 (en) * 2007-02-01 2014-09-24 리스버로직스 코퍼레이션 Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
US10532054B2 (en) 2007-02-01 2020-01-14 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
JP2010517946A (en) * 2007-02-01 2010-05-27 レスバーロジックス コーポレイション Compounds for preventing and treating cardiovascular disease
US8889698B2 (en) 2007-02-01 2014-11-18 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
AU2007345526B2 (en) * 2007-02-01 2013-02-28 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
DE102007015169A1 (en) 2007-03-27 2008-10-02 Universität des Saarlandes Campus Saarbrücken 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitors for the treatment of hormone-dependent diseases
US8546392B2 (en) 2007-03-27 2013-10-01 Universitaet Des Saarlandes 17Beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitors for the treatment of hormone-related diseases
US10532048B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2020-01-14 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US9526719B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2016-12-27 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US8486970B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2013-07-16 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US10016410B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2018-07-10 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US9150541B2 (en) 2007-05-28 2015-10-06 Seldar Pharma Inc. Tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-one derivative or salt thereof
US9403773B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2016-08-02 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US9045464B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2015-06-02 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8642619B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2014-02-04 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8269011B2 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-09-18 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8114995B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-02-14 Resverlogix Corp. Methods of preparing quinazolinone derivatives
JP2015166458A (en) * 2008-10-29 2015-09-24 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツングＭｅｒｃｋ Ｐａｔｅｎｔ Ｇｅｓｅｌｌｓｃｈａｆｔ ｍｉｔ ｂｅｓｃｈｒａｅｎｋｔｅｒ Ｈａｆｔｕｎｇ Liquid-crystal display
US8592593B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2013-11-26 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US8304546B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2012-11-06 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
USRE45108E1 (en) 2008-12-05 2014-09-02 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
US9018229B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2015-04-28 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolone compound and pharmaceutical composition
EP2660238A1 (en) 2009-01-08 2013-11-06 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
WO2010079431A2 (en) 2009-01-08 2010-07-15 Resverlogix Corp. Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
US8455394B2 (en) 2009-01-14 2013-06-04 Dow Agrosciences, Llc Fungicidal compositions including hydrazone derivatives and copper
US8461078B2 (en) 2009-01-14 2013-06-11 Dow Agrosciences Llc Fungicidal compositions including hydrazone derivatives and copper
US8715745B2 (en) 2009-01-14 2014-05-06 Dow Agrosciences, Llc. Fungicidal compositions including hydrazone derivatives and copper
US8476194B2 (en) 2009-01-14 2013-07-02 Dow Agrosciences, Llc Fungicidal compositions including hydrazone derivatives and copper
US11407719B2 (en) 2009-03-18 2022-08-09 Resverlogix Corp. Anti-inflammatory agents
US10882828B2 (en) 2009-03-18 2021-01-05 Resverlogix Corp. Anti-inflammatory agents
CN102464615A (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-05-23 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Aryl isoquinoline derivative and medicinal composition, preparation method and application thereof
CN102464615B (en) * 2010-11-09 2015-08-19 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Aryl isoquinoline derivative and pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and purposes
US9193689B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2015-11-24 Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital (The) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
US9765039B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2017-09-19 Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. Biaryl derivatives as bromodomain inhibitors
US9278940B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2016-03-08 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Cyclic amines as bromodomain inhibitors
US9073878B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2015-07-07 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Cyclic amines as bromodomain inhibitors
US9271978B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-03-01 Zenith Epigenetics Corp. Heterocyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors
US9611223B2 (en) 2013-09-11 2017-04-04 Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital (The) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
CN105566306B (en) * 2014-10-14 2019-03-26 四川农业大学 A kind of application of chromocor derivative prepared and its neuraminidase is inhibited
CN105566306A (en) * 2014-10-14 2016-05-11 四川农业大学 Preparation of flavone derivative and application to neuraminidase inhibition
US10111885B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2018-10-30 Resverlogix Corp. Compositions and therapeutic methods for the treatment of complement-associated diseases
US10772894B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2020-09-15 Resverlogix Corp. Compositions and therapeutic methods for the treatment of complement-associated diseases
US10456405B2 (en) 2015-09-07 2019-10-29 Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Nitric oxide-releasing prodrug molecule of substituted quinazolines
US11117865B2 (en) * 2016-12-16 2021-09-14 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Inhibitors of bromodomain-containing protein 4 (BRD4)
CN110267660A (en) * 2016-12-16 2019-09-20 德克萨斯大学系统董事会 The inhibitor of domain protein containing Bu Luomo 4 (BRD4)
US11691971B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-07-04 Incyte Corporation Naphthyridinone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11753413B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-09-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11780840B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-10-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11767323B2 (en) 2020-07-02 2023-09-26 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic pyridone compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11661422B2 (en) 2020-08-27 2023-05-30 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11919908B2 (en) 2020-12-21 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
US11958861B2 (en) 2021-02-25 2024-04-16 Incyte Corporation Spirocyclic lactams as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
CN114394908A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-04-26 河北师范大学 Method for preparing 2-hydroxy-3-aminoacetophenone
CN114394908B (en) * 2022-01-11 2024-03-01 河北师范大学 Method for preparing 2-hydroxy-3-aminoacetophenone
US12084430B2 (en) 2022-03-17 2024-09-10 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006045096A3 (en) 2007-08-02
EP1838296A2 (en) 2007-10-03
US8242130B2 (en) 2012-08-14
US7846915B2 (en) 2010-12-07
EP1838296B1 (en) 2012-08-08
WO2006045010A3 (en) 2007-05-31
WO2006045010A2 (en) 2006-04-27
CA2584507C (en) 2016-04-26
EP2332527A3 (en) 2011-11-16
EP2332527A2 (en) 2011-06-15
CA2584485C (en) 2013-12-31
US8093273B2 (en) 2012-01-10
US20060205792A1 (en) 2006-09-14
US20110082176A1 (en) 2011-04-07
US20060205767A1 (en) 2006-09-14
US8242144B2 (en) 2012-08-14
CA2584507A1 (en) 2006-04-27
US20090259048A1 (en) 2009-10-15
CA2584485A1 (en) 2006-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1838296B1 (en) Flavanoids and isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
JP5368792B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention and treatment of complex diseases and their delivery by insertable medical devices
DK2118074T3 (en) Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
KR20150079968A (en) Heteroaryl derivatives and uses thereof
CA2747417A1 (en) Compounds for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
WO2009030952A2 (en) Phenylcarboxamide derivatives as inhibitors and effectors of the hedgehog pathway
Du et al. Design, Synthesis, and Structure–Activity Relationships of Bavachinin Analogues as Peroxisome Proliferator‐Activated Receptor γ Agonists
CA2974694A1 (en) Chromenone inhibitors of monocarboxylate transporters
CN108467370A (en) Triazole naphthoquinones biaryl（It is miscellaneous）Ring derivatives
CN103265518B (en) Photochemical reaction synthesis for isoflavones
KR20150079677A (en) Novel compounds as diacylglycerol acyltransferase inhibitors
CN102731459A (en) Scutellarin aglycone Mannich derivatives, and preparation method and application thereof
CN101317845B (en) Pharmaceutical use of 6-aryl substituted pyridine compounds
EP4118080B1 (en) Bcl-2 family proteins modulating compounds for cancer treatment
Li et al. Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Scutellarein Alkyl Derivatives as Preventing Neurodegenerative Agents with Improved Lipid Soluble Properties
Carrara et al. Mono-or di-fluorinated analogues of flavone-8-acetic acid: Synthesis and in vitro biological activity
Matin et al. 7-Hydroxy-benzopyran-4-one Derivatives: A Novel Pharmacophore of Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor r and-γ (PPARr and γ) Dual Agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2584507

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005812325

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005812325

Country of ref document: EP